1 /*******************************************************************************
3 Intel PRO/1000 Linux driver
4 Copyright(c) 1999 - 2006 Intel Corporation.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
7 under the terms and conditions of the GNU General Public License,
8 version 2, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
10 This program is distributed in the hope it will be useful, but WITHOUT
11 ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
12 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
15 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
16 this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
17 51 Franklin St - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
19 The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution in
20 the file called "COPYING".
23 Linux NICS <linux.nics@intel.com>
24 e1000-devel Mailing List <e1000-devel@lists.sourceforge.net>
25 Intel Corporation, 5200 N.E. Elam Young Parkway, Hillsboro, OR 97124-6497
27 *******************************************************************************/
30 * Shared functions for accessing and configuring the MAC
36 static int32_t e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw);
37 static void e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw);
38 static int32_t e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
39 static int32_t e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw);
40 static int32_t e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw);
41 static int32_t e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw);
42 static int32_t e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
43 static void e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
44 static void e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *ctrl);
45 static void e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t data,
47 static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw);
48 static int32_t e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw);
49 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
50 uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
51 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
52 uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
54 static int32_t e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw);
55 static void e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
56 static void e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t *eecd);
57 static void e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t data,
59 static int32_t e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
61 static int32_t e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,uint32_t reg_addr,
63 static uint16_t e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t count);
64 static int32_t e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
65 static void e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
66 static void e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
67 static int32_t e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw);
68 static int32_t e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
69 static int32_t e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw);
70 static int32_t e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint8_t *buffer);
71 static uint8_t e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length);
72 static uint8_t e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw);
73 static int32_t e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw);
74 static int32_t e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw, e1000_rev_polarity *polarity);
75 static void e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
76 static void e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw);
77 static int32_t e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw);
78 static int32_t e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
80 static int32_t e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw);
81 static int32_t e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw);
82 static int32_t e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
83 static int32_t e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
85 uint16_t *max_length);
86 static int32_t e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
87 static int32_t e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw);
88 static int32_t e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw);
89 static void e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw);
90 static boolean_t e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw);
91 static int32_t e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd);
92 static void e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
93 static int32_t e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
94 uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
95 static int32_t e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
96 static int32_t e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw, boolean_t active);
97 static int32_t e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw);
99 static void e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t offset,
102 #define E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(a, reg, val) \
103 e1000_write_reg_io((a), E1000_##reg, val)
104 static int32_t e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw,
106 static int32_t e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw);
108 static int32_t e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw,
110 static int32_t e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
111 static int32_t e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
112 static int32_t e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw);
113 static int32_t e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw);
114 static int32_t e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
115 uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
116 static int32_t e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index,
118 static int32_t e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index,
120 static int32_t e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
122 static void e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw);
123 static void e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw);
124 static int32_t e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw,
126 static int32_t e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw,
127 uint32_t index, uint8_t byte);
128 static int32_t e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset,
129 uint16_t words, uint16_t *data);
130 static int32_t e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index,
132 static int32_t e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t reg_addr,
135 /* IGP cable length table */
137 uint16_t e1000_igp_cable_length_table[IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
138 { 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5,
139 5, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 25, 25, 25,
140 25, 25, 25, 25, 30, 30, 30, 30, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40, 40,
141 40, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 60,
142 60, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 80, 90, 90, 90,
143 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 90, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 100,
144 100, 100, 100, 100, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110,
145 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 110, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120, 120};
148 uint16_t e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE] =
149 { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 3, 5, 8, 11, 13, 16, 18, 21,
150 0, 0, 0, 3, 6, 10, 13, 16, 19, 23, 26, 29, 32, 35, 38, 41,
151 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 33, 37, 41, 44, 48, 51, 54, 58, 61,
152 21, 26, 31, 35, 40, 44, 49, 53, 57, 61, 65, 68, 72, 75, 79, 82,
153 40, 45, 51, 56, 61, 66, 70, 75, 79, 83, 87, 91, 94, 98, 101, 104,
154 60, 66, 72, 77, 82, 87, 92, 96, 100, 104, 108, 111, 114, 117, 119, 121,
155 83, 89, 95, 100, 105, 109, 113, 116, 119, 122, 124,
156 104, 109, 114, 118, 121, 124};
159 /******************************************************************************
160 * Set the phy type member in the hw struct.
162 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
163 *****************************************************************************/
165 e1000_set_phy_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
167 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_type");
169 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_undefined)
170 return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
172 switch (hw->phy_id) {
173 case M88E1000_E_PHY_ID:
174 case M88E1000_I_PHY_ID:
175 case M88E1011_I_PHY_ID:
176 case M88E1111_I_PHY_ID:
177 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_m88;
179 case IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID:
180 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 ||
181 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
182 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
183 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
184 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp;
187 case IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID:
188 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_3;
191 case IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID:
193 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_ife;
195 case GG82563_E_PHY_ID:
196 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
197 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
202 /* Should never have loaded on this device */
203 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_undefined;
204 return -E1000_ERR_PHY_TYPE;
207 return E1000_SUCCESS;
211 /******************************************************************************
212 * IGP phy init script - initializes the GbE PHY
214 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
215 *****************************************************************************/
217 e1000_phy_init_script(struct e1000_hw *hw)
220 uint16_t phy_saved_data;
222 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_init_script");
224 if (hw->phy_init_script) {
227 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
228 * the end of this routine. */
229 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
231 /* Disabled the PHY transmitter */
232 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
236 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,0x0000,0x0140);
240 switch (hw->mac_type) {
243 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F95, 0x0001);
245 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F71, 0xBD21);
247 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F79, 0x0018);
249 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F30, 0x1600);
251 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F31, 0x0014);
253 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F32, 0x161C);
255 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F94, 0x0003);
257 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F96, 0x003F);
259 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2010, 0x0008);
262 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
263 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
264 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x1F73, 0x0099);
270 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000, 0x3300);
274 /* Now enable the transmitter */
275 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
277 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547) {
278 uint16_t fused, fine, coarse;
280 /* Move to analog registers page */
281 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
283 if (!(fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_SPARE_FUSE_ENABLED)) {
284 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_STATUS, &fused);
286 fine = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK;
287 coarse = fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK;
289 if (coarse > IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH) {
290 coarse -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_10;
291 fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_1;
292 } else if (coarse == IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_THRESH)
293 fine -= IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_10;
295 fused = (fused & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_POLY_MASK) |
296 (fine & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_FINE_MASK) |
297 (coarse & IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_COARSE_MASK);
299 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_CONTROL, fused);
300 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_BYPASS,
301 IGP01E1000_ANALOG_FUSE_ENABLE_SW_CONTROL);
307 /******************************************************************************
308 * Set the mac type member in the hw struct.
310 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
311 *****************************************************************************/
313 e1000_set_mac_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
315 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_mac_type");
317 switch (hw->device_id) {
318 case E1000_DEV_ID_82542:
319 switch (hw->revision_id) {
320 case E1000_82542_2_0_REV_ID:
321 hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_0;
323 case E1000_82542_2_1_REV_ID:
324 hw->mac_type = e1000_82542_rev2_1;
327 /* Invalid 82542 revision ID */
328 return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
331 case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_FIBER:
332 case E1000_DEV_ID_82543GC_COPPER:
333 hw->mac_type = e1000_82543;
335 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_COPPER:
336 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544EI_FIBER:
337 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_COPPER:
338 case E1000_DEV_ID_82544GC_LOM:
339 hw->mac_type = e1000_82544;
341 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM:
342 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EM_LOM:
343 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP:
344 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LOM:
345 case E1000_DEV_ID_82540EP_LP:
346 hw->mac_type = e1000_82540;
348 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_COPPER:
349 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545EM_FIBER:
350 hw->mac_type = e1000_82545;
352 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_COPPER:
353 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_FIBER:
354 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
355 hw->mac_type = e1000_82545_rev_3;
357 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_COPPER:
358 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_FIBER:
359 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER:
360 hw->mac_type = e1000_82546;
362 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_COPPER:
363 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_FIBER:
364 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
365 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_PCIE:
366 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER:
367 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3:
368 hw->mac_type = e1000_82546_rev_3;
370 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI:
371 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541EI_MOBILE:
372 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER_LOM:
373 hw->mac_type = e1000_82541;
375 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541ER:
376 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI:
377 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_LF:
378 case E1000_DEV_ID_82541GI_MOBILE:
379 hw->mac_type = e1000_82541_rev_2;
381 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI:
382 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547EI_MOBILE:
383 hw->mac_type = e1000_82547;
385 case E1000_DEV_ID_82547GI:
386 hw->mac_type = e1000_82547_rev_2;
388 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_COPPER:
389 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_FIBER:
390 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
391 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_QUAD_COPPER:
392 hw->mac_type = e1000_82571;
394 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_COPPER:
395 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_FIBER:
396 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
397 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI:
398 hw->mac_type = e1000_82572;
400 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E:
401 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573E_IAMT:
402 case E1000_DEV_ID_82573L:
403 hw->mac_type = e1000_82573;
405 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_SPT:
406 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_SPT:
407 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_COPPER_DPT:
408 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
409 hw->mac_type = e1000_80003es2lan;
411 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M_AMT:
412 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_AMT:
413 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_C:
414 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IFE:
415 case E1000_DEV_ID_ICH8_IGP_M:
416 hw->mac_type = e1000_ich8lan;
419 /* Should never have loaded on this device */
420 return -E1000_ERR_MAC_TYPE;
423 switch (hw->mac_type) {
425 hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present = TRUE;
426 hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
428 case e1000_80003es2lan:
429 hw->swfw_sync_present = TRUE;
434 hw->eeprom_semaphore_present = TRUE;
438 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
439 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
440 hw->asf_firmware_present = TRUE;
446 return E1000_SUCCESS;
449 /*****************************************************************************
450 * Set media type and TBI compatibility.
452 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
453 * **************************************************************************/
455 e1000_set_media_type(struct e1000_hw *hw)
459 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_media_type");
461 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82543) {
462 /* tbi_compatibility is only valid on 82543 */
463 hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
466 switch (hw->device_id) {
467 case E1000_DEV_ID_82545GM_SERDES:
468 case E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_SERDES:
469 case E1000_DEV_ID_82571EB_SERDES:
470 case E1000_DEV_ID_82572EI_SERDES:
471 case E1000_DEV_ID_80003ES2LAN_SERDES_DPT:
472 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_internal_serdes;
475 switch (hw->mac_type) {
476 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
477 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
478 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
482 /* The STATUS_TBIMODE bit is reserved or reused for the this
485 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
488 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
489 if (status & E1000_STATUS_TBIMODE) {
490 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_fiber;
491 /* tbi_compatibility not valid on fiber */
492 hw->tbi_compatibility_en = FALSE;
494 hw->media_type = e1000_media_type_copper;
501 /******************************************************************************
502 * Reset the transmit and receive units; mask and clear all interrupts.
504 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
505 *****************************************************************************/
507 e1000_reset_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
515 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
518 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_hw");
520 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI before issuing a device reset */
521 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
522 DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
523 e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
526 if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci_express) {
527 /* Prevent the PCI-E bus from sticking if there is no TLP connection
528 * on the last TLP read/write transaction when MAC is reset.
530 if (e1000_disable_pciex_master(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS) {
531 DEBUGOUT("PCI-E Master disable polling has failed.\n");
535 /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
536 DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
537 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
539 /* Disable the Transmit and Receive units. Then delay to allow
540 * any pending transactions to complete before we hit the MAC with
543 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
544 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, E1000_TCTL_PSP);
545 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
547 /* The tbi_compatibility_on Flag must be cleared when Rctl is cleared. */
548 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
550 /* Delay to allow any outstanding PCI transactions to complete before
551 * resetting the device
555 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
557 /* Must reset the PHY before resetting the MAC */
558 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
559 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST));
563 /* Must acquire the MDIO ownership before MAC reset.
564 * Ownership defaults to firmware after a reset. */
565 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
568 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
569 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
572 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
573 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
575 if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP)
578 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_MDIO_SW_OWNERSHIP;
585 /* Workaround for ICH8 bit corruption issue in FIFO memory */
586 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
587 /* Set Tx and Rx buffer allocation to 8k apiece. */
588 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PBA, E1000_PBA_8K);
589 /* Set Packet Buffer Size to 16k. */
590 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PBS, E1000_PBS_16K);
593 /* Issue a global reset to the MAC. This will reset the chip's
594 * transmit, receive, DMA, and link units. It will not effect
595 * the current PCI configuration. The global reset bit is self-
596 * clearing, and should clear within a microsecond.
598 DEBUGOUT("Issuing a global reset to MAC\n");
600 switch (hw->mac_type) {
606 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
607 /* These controllers can't ack the 64-bit write when issuing the
608 * reset, so use IO-mapping as a workaround to issue the reset */
609 E1000_WRITE_REG_IO(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
611 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
612 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
613 /* Reset is performed on a shadow of the control register */
614 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_DUP, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
617 if (!hw->phy_reset_disable &&
618 e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw) == E1000_SUCCESS) {
619 /* e1000_ich8lan PHY HW reset requires MAC CORE reset
620 * at the same time to make sure the interface between
621 * MAC and the external PHY is reset.
623 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST;
626 e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
627 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
631 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl | E1000_CTRL_RST));
635 /* After MAC reset, force reload of EEPROM to restore power-on settings to
636 * device. Later controllers reload the EEPROM automatically, so just wait
637 * for reload to complete.
639 switch (hw->mac_type) {
640 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
641 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
644 /* Wait for reset to complete */
646 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
647 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
648 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
649 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
650 /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
654 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
656 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
657 /* Wait for EEPROM reload */
661 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
663 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
664 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
665 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
666 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
672 case e1000_80003es2lan:
673 ret_val = e1000_get_auto_rd_done(hw);
675 /* We don't want to continue accessing MAC registers. */
679 /* Wait for EEPROM reload (it happens automatically) */
684 /* Disable HW ARPs on ASF enabled adapters */
685 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82540 && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
686 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
687 manc &= ~(E1000_MANC_ARP_EN);
688 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MANC, manc);
691 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
692 e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
694 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
695 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
696 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
697 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
698 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
701 /* Clear interrupt mask to stop board from generating interrupts */
702 DEBUGOUT("Masking off all interrupts\n");
703 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
705 /* Clear any pending interrupt events. */
706 icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
708 /* If MWI was previously enabled, reenable it. */
709 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
710 if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
711 e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
714 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
715 uint32_t kab = E1000_READ_REG(hw, KABGTXD);
716 kab |= E1000_KABGTXD_BGSQLBIAS;
717 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KABGTXD, kab);
720 return E1000_SUCCESS;
723 /******************************************************************************
724 * Performs basic configuration of the adapter.
726 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
728 * Assumes that the controller has previously been reset and is in a
729 * post-reset uninitialized state. Initializes the receive address registers,
730 * multicast table, and VLAN filter table. Calls routines to setup link
731 * configuration and flow control settings. Clears all on-chip counters. Leaves
732 * the transmit and receive units disabled and uninitialized.
733 *****************************************************************************/
735 e1000_init_hw(struct e1000_hw *hw)
740 uint16_t pcix_cmd_word;
741 uint16_t pcix_stat_hi_word;
748 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_hw");
750 /* force full DMA clock frequency for 10/100 on ICH8 A0-B0 */
751 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
752 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TARC0);
753 reg_data |= 0x30000000;
754 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TARC0, reg_data);
756 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
757 reg_data &= ~0x80000000;
758 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, STATUS, reg_data);
761 /* Initialize Identification LED */
762 ret_val = e1000_id_led_init(hw);
764 DEBUGOUT("Error Initializing Identification LED\n");
768 /* Set the media type and TBI compatibility */
769 e1000_set_media_type(hw);
771 /* Disabling VLAN filtering. */
772 DEBUGOUT("Initializing the IEEE VLAN\n");
773 /* VET hardcoded to standard value and VFTA removed in ICH8 LAN */
774 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
775 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82545_rev_3)
776 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, VET, 0);
777 e1000_clear_vfta(hw);
780 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), disable MWI and put the receiver into reset */
781 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
782 DEBUGOUT("Disabling MWI on 82542 rev 2.0\n");
783 e1000_pci_clear_mwi(hw);
784 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, E1000_RCTL_RST);
785 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
789 /* Setup the receive address. This involves initializing all of the Receive
790 * Address Registers (RARs 0 - 15).
792 e1000_init_rx_addrs(hw);
794 /* For 82542 (rev 2.0), take the receiver out of reset and enable MWI */
795 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0) {
796 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, 0);
797 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
799 if (hw->pci_cmd_word & PCI_COMMAND_INVALIDATE)
800 e1000_pci_set_mwi(hw);
803 /* Zero out the Multicast HASH table */
804 DEBUGOUT("Zeroing the MTA\n");
805 mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE;
806 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
807 mta_size = E1000_MC_TBL_SIZE_ICH8LAN;
808 for (i = 0; i < mta_size; i++) {
809 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
810 /* use write flush to prevent Memory Write Block (MWB) from
811 * occuring when accessing our register space */
812 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
815 /* Set the PCI priority bit correctly in the CTRL register. This
816 * determines if the adapter gives priority to receives, or if it
817 * gives equal priority to transmits and receives. Valid only on
818 * 82542 and 82543 silicon.
820 if (hw->dma_fairness && hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543) {
821 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
822 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PRIOR);
825 switch (hw->mac_type) {
826 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
827 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
830 /* Workaround for PCI-X problem when BIOS sets MMRBC incorrectly. */
831 if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pcix) {
832 e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER, &pcix_cmd_word);
833 e1000_read_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_STATUS_REGISTER_HI,
835 cmd_mmrbc = (pcix_cmd_word & PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK) >>
836 PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
837 stat_mmrbc = (pcix_stat_hi_word & PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_MASK) >>
838 PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_SHIFT;
839 if (stat_mmrbc == PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_4K)
840 stat_mmrbc = PCIX_STATUS_HI_MMRBC_2K;
841 if (cmd_mmrbc > stat_mmrbc) {
842 pcix_cmd_word &= ~PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_MASK;
843 pcix_cmd_word |= stat_mmrbc << PCIX_COMMAND_MMRBC_SHIFT;
844 e1000_write_pci_cfg(hw, PCIX_COMMAND_REGISTER,
851 /* More time needed for PHY to initialize */
852 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
855 /* Call a subroutine to configure the link and setup flow control. */
856 ret_val = e1000_setup_link(hw);
858 /* Set the transmit descriptor write-back policy */
859 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
860 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL);
861 ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
862 switch (hw->mac_type) {
869 case e1000_80003es2lan:
870 ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
873 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL, ctrl);
876 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
877 e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(hw);
880 switch (hw->mac_type) {
883 case e1000_80003es2lan:
884 /* Enable retransmit on late collisions */
885 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
886 reg_data |= E1000_TCTL_RTLC;
887 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, reg_data);
889 /* Configure Gigabit Carry Extend Padding */
890 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL_EXT);
891 reg_data &= ~E1000_TCTL_EXT_GCEX_MASK;
892 reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TCTL_EXT_GCEX;
893 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL_EXT, reg_data);
895 /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
896 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
897 reg_data &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
898 reg_data |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
899 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, reg_data);
901 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001);
902 reg_data &= ~0x00100000;
903 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, FFLT, 0x0001, reg_data);
908 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXDCTL1);
909 ctrl = (ctrl & ~E1000_TXDCTL_WTHRESH) | E1000_TXDCTL_FULL_TX_DESC_WB;
910 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
911 ctrl |= E1000_TXDCTL_COUNT_DESC;
912 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXDCTL1, ctrl);
917 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
918 uint32_t gcr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
919 gcr |= E1000_GCR_L1_ACT_WITHOUT_L0S_RX;
920 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr);
923 /* Clear all of the statistics registers (clear on read). It is
924 * important that we do this after we have tried to establish link
925 * because the symbol error count will increment wildly if there
928 e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(hw);
930 /* ICH8 No-snoop bits are opposite polarity.
931 * Set to snoop by default after reset. */
932 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
933 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(hw, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
935 if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER ||
936 hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546GB_QUAD_COPPER_KSP3) {
937 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
938 /* Relaxed ordering must be disabled to avoid a parity
939 * error crash in a PCI slot. */
940 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
941 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
947 /******************************************************************************
948 * Adjust SERDES output amplitude based on EEPROM setting.
950 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
951 *****************************************************************************/
953 e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(struct e1000_hw *hw)
955 uint16_t eeprom_data;
958 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude");
960 if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)
961 return E1000_SUCCESS;
963 switch (hw->mac_type) {
964 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
965 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
968 return E1000_SUCCESS;
971 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE, 1, &eeprom_data);
976 if (eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) {
977 /* Adjust SERDES output amplitude only. */
978 eeprom_data &= EEPROM_SERDES_AMPLITUDE_MASK;
979 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_EXT_CTRL, eeprom_data);
984 return E1000_SUCCESS;
987 /******************************************************************************
988 * Configures flow control and link settings.
990 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
992 * Determines which flow control settings to use. Calls the apropriate media-
993 * specific link configuration function. Configures the flow control settings.
994 * Assuming the adapter has a valid link partner, a valid link should be
995 * established. Assumes the hardware has previously been reset and the
996 * transmitter and receiver are not enabled.
997 *****************************************************************************/
999 e1000_setup_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1003 uint16_t eeprom_data;
1005 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_link");
1007 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, we already have a link.
1008 * We do not have to set it up again. */
1009 if (e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw))
1010 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1012 /* Read and store word 0x0F of the EEPROM. This word contains bits
1013 * that determine the hardware's default PAUSE (flow control) mode,
1014 * a bit that determines whether the HW defaults to enabling or
1015 * disabling auto-negotiation, and the direction of the
1016 * SW defined pins. If there is no SW over-ride of the flow
1017 * control setting, then the variable hw->fc will
1018 * be initialized based on a value in the EEPROM.
1020 if (hw->fc == E1000_FC_DEFAULT) {
1021 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1024 hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
1027 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
1030 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
1031 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
1033 if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) == 0)
1034 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
1035 else if ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_PAUSE_MASK) ==
1036 EEPROM_WORD0F_ASM_DIR)
1037 hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
1039 hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
1044 /* We want to save off the original Flow Control configuration just
1045 * in case we get disconnected and then reconnected into a different
1046 * hub or switch with different Flow Control capabilities.
1048 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
1049 hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE);
1051 if ((hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) && (hw->report_tx_early == 1))
1052 hw->fc &= (~E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE);
1054 hw->original_fc = hw->fc;
1056 DEBUGOUT1("After fix-ups FlowControl is now = %x\n", hw->fc);
1058 /* Take the 4 bits from EEPROM word 0x0F that determine the initial
1059 * polarity value for the SW controlled pins, and setup the
1060 * Extended Device Control reg with that info.
1061 * This is needed because one of the SW controlled pins is used for
1062 * signal detection. So this should be done before e1000_setup_pcs_link()
1063 * or e1000_phy_setup() is called.
1065 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) {
1066 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_INIT_CONTROL2_REG,
1069 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
1070 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
1072 ctrl_ext = ((eeprom_data & EEPROM_WORD0F_SWPDIO_EXT) <<
1074 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
1077 /* Call the necessary subroutine to configure the link. */
1078 ret_val = (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) ?
1079 e1000_setup_copper_link(hw) :
1080 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(hw);
1082 /* Initialize the flow control address, type, and PAUSE timer
1083 * registers to their default values. This is done even if flow
1084 * control is disabled, because it does not hurt anything to
1085 * initialize these registers.
1087 DEBUGOUT("Initializing the Flow Control address, type and timer regs\n");
1089 /* FCAL/H and FCT are hardcoded to standard values in e1000_ich8lan. */
1090 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
1091 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCT, FLOW_CONTROL_TYPE);
1092 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAH, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_HIGH);
1093 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCAL, FLOW_CONTROL_ADDRESS_LOW);
1096 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCTTV, hw->fc_pause_time);
1098 /* Set the flow control receive threshold registers. Normally,
1099 * these registers will be set to a default threshold that may be
1100 * adjusted later by the driver's runtime code. However, if the
1101 * ability to transmit pause frames in not enabled, then these
1102 * registers will be set to 0.
1104 if (!(hw->fc & E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE)) {
1105 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, 0);
1106 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, 0);
1108 /* We need to set up the Receive Threshold high and low water marks
1109 * as well as (optionally) enabling the transmission of XON frames.
1111 if (hw->fc_send_xon) {
1112 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, (hw->fc_low_water | E1000_FCRTL_XONE));
1113 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
1115 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTL, hw->fc_low_water);
1116 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, FCRTH, hw->fc_high_water);
1122 /******************************************************************************
1123 * Sets up link for a fiber based or serdes based adapter
1125 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1127 * Manipulates Physical Coding Sublayer functions in order to configure
1128 * link. Assumes the hardware has been previously reset and the transmitter
1129 * and receiver are not enabled.
1130 *****************************************************************************/
1132 e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1138 uint32_t signal = 0;
1141 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_fiber_serdes_link");
1143 /* On 82571 and 82572 Fiber connections, SerDes loopback mode persists
1144 * until explicitly turned off or a power cycle is performed. A read to
1145 * the register does not indicate its status. Therefore, we ensure
1146 * loopback mode is disabled during initialization.
1148 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82572)
1149 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SCTL, E1000_DISABLE_SERDES_LOOPBACK);
1151 /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
1152 * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
1153 * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
1154 * If we're on serdes media, adjust the output amplitude to value set in
1157 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
1158 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber)
1159 signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
1161 ret_val = e1000_adjust_serdes_amplitude(hw);
1165 /* Take the link out of reset */
1166 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_LRST);
1168 /* Adjust VCO speed to improve BER performance */
1169 ret_val = e1000_set_vco_speed(hw);
1173 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
1175 /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and setup
1176 * the device accordingly. If auto-negotiation is enabled, then software
1177 * will have to set the "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Tranmsit
1178 * Config Word Register (TXCW) and re-start auto-negotiation. However, if
1179 * auto-negotiation is disabled, then software will have to manually
1180 * configure the two flow control enable bits in the CTRL register.
1182 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
1183 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
1184 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames, but
1185 * not send pause frames).
1186 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames but we do
1187 * not support receiving pause frames).
1188 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
1192 /* Flow control is completely disabled by a software over-ride. */
1193 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD);
1195 case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
1196 /* RX Flow control is enabled and TX Flow control is disabled by a
1197 * software over-ride. Since there really isn't a way to advertise
1198 * that we are capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
1199 * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later, we will
1200 * disable the adapter's ability to send PAUSE frames.
1202 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
1204 case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
1205 /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is disabled, by a
1206 * software over-ride.
1208 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_ASM_DIR);
1211 /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software over-ride. */
1212 txcw = (E1000_TXCW_ANE | E1000_TXCW_FD | E1000_TXCW_PAUSE_MASK);
1215 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
1216 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
1220 /* Since auto-negotiation is enabled, take the link out of reset (the link
1221 * will be in reset, because we previously reset the chip). This will
1222 * restart auto-negotiation. If auto-neogtiation is successful then the
1223 * link-up status bit will be set and the flow control enable bits (RFCE
1224 * and TFCE) will be set according to their negotiated value.
1226 DEBUGOUT("Auto-negotiation enabled\n");
1228 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, txcw);
1229 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1230 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
1235 /* If we have a signal (the cable is plugged in) then poll for a "Link-Up"
1236 * indication in the Device Status Register. Time-out if a link isn't
1237 * seen in 500 milliseconds seconds (Auto-negotiation should complete in
1238 * less than 500 milliseconds even if the other end is doing it in SW).
1239 * For internal serdes, we just assume a signal is present, then poll.
1241 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes ||
1242 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL) & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal) {
1243 DEBUGOUT("Looking for Link\n");
1244 for (i = 0; i < (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10); i++) {
1246 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
1247 if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU) break;
1249 if (i == (LINK_UP_TIMEOUT / 10)) {
1250 DEBUGOUT("Never got a valid link from auto-neg!!!\n");
1251 hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
1252 /* AutoNeg failed to achieve a link, so we'll call
1253 * e1000_check_for_link. This routine will force the link up if
1254 * we detect a signal. This will allow us to communicate with
1255 * non-autonegotiating link partners.
1257 ret_val = e1000_check_for_link(hw);
1259 DEBUGOUT("Error while checking for link\n");
1262 hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
1264 hw->autoneg_failed = 0;
1265 DEBUGOUT("Valid Link Found\n");
1268 DEBUGOUT("No Signal Detected\n");
1270 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1273 /******************************************************************************
1274 * Make sure we have a valid PHY and change PHY mode before link setup.
1276 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1277 ******************************************************************************/
1279 e1000_copper_link_preconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1285 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_preconfig");
1287 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
1288 /* With 82543, we need to force speed and duplex on the MAC equal to what
1289 * the PHY speed and duplex configuration is. In addition, we need to
1290 * perform a hardware reset on the PHY to take it out of reset.
1292 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
1293 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SLU;
1294 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
1295 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1297 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX | E1000_CTRL_SLU);
1298 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
1299 ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
1304 /* Make sure we have a valid PHY */
1305 ret_val = e1000_detect_gig_phy(hw);
1307 DEBUGOUT("Error, did not detect valid phy.\n");
1310 DEBUGOUT1("Phy ID = %x \n", hw->phy_id);
1312 /* Set PHY to class A mode (if necessary) */
1313 ret_val = e1000_set_phy_mode(hw);
1317 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) ||
1318 (hw->mac_type == e1000_82546_rev_3)) {
1319 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1320 phy_data |= 0x00000008;
1321 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1324 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82543 ||
1325 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547 ||
1326 hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2)
1327 hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
1329 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1333 /********************************************************************
1334 * Copper link setup for e1000_phy_igp series.
1336 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1337 *********************************************************************/
1339 e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1345 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_igp_setup");
1347 if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
1348 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1350 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1352 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1356 /* Wait 15ms for MAC to configure PHY from eeprom settings */
1358 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
1359 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
1360 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
1361 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
1362 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
1363 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
1366 /* The NVM settings will configure LPLU in D3 for IGP2 and IGP3 PHYs */
1367 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
1368 /* disable lplu d3 during driver init */
1369 ret_val = e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
1371 DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D3\n");
1376 /* disable lplu d0 during driver init */
1377 ret_val = e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(hw, FALSE);
1379 DEBUGOUT("Error Disabling LPLU D0\n");
1382 /* Configure mdi-mdix settings */
1383 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
1387 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
1388 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_disabled;
1389 /* Force MDI for earlier revs of the IGP PHY */
1390 phy_data &= ~(IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX | IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX);
1394 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
1395 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
1399 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
1402 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
1406 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
1410 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
1414 /* set auto-master slave resolution settings */
1416 e1000_ms_type phy_ms_setting = hw->master_slave;
1418 if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active)
1419 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
1421 if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated)
1422 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
1424 /* when autonegotiation advertisment is only 1000Mbps then we
1425 * should disable SmartSpeed and enable Auto MasterSlave
1426 * resolution as hardware default. */
1427 if (hw->autoneg_advertised == ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
1428 /* Disable SmartSpeed */
1429 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
1433 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
1434 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
1438 /* Set auto Master/Slave resolution process */
1439 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
1442 phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1443 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
1448 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &phy_data);
1452 /* load defaults for future use */
1453 hw->original_master_slave = (phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE) ?
1454 ((phy_data & CR_1000T_MS_VALUE) ?
1455 e1000_ms_force_master :
1456 e1000_ms_force_slave) :
1459 switch (phy_ms_setting) {
1460 case e1000_ms_force_master:
1461 phy_data |= (CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE | CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
1463 case e1000_ms_force_slave:
1464 phy_data |= CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1465 phy_data &= ~(CR_1000T_MS_VALUE);
1468 phy_data &= ~CR_1000T_MS_ENABLE;
1472 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, phy_data);
1477 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1480 /********************************************************************
1481 * Copper link setup for e1000_phy_gg82563 series.
1483 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1484 *********************************************************************/
1486 e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1492 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup");
1494 if (!hw->phy_reset_disable) {
1496 /* Enable CRS on TX for half-duplex operation. */
1497 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
1502 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
1503 /* Use 25MHz for both link down and 1000BASE-T for Tx clock */
1504 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_1000MBPS_25MHZ;
1506 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL,
1512 * MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
1513 * 0 - Auto for all speeds
1516 * 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
1518 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1522 phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MASK;
1526 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDI;
1529 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_MDIX;
1533 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_CROSSOVER_MODE_AUTO;
1538 * disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
1539 * Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
1543 phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
1544 if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
1545 phy_data |= GG82563_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_DISABLE;
1546 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1551 /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
1552 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1554 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1557 } /* phy_reset_disable */
1559 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
1560 /* Bypass RX and TX FIFO's */
1561 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_FIFO_CTRL,
1562 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_RX_BYPASS |
1563 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_FIFO_CTRL_TX_BYPASS);
1567 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, &phy_data);
1571 phy_data &= ~GG82563_PSCR2_REVERSE_AUTO_NEG;
1572 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_SPEC_CTRL_2, phy_data);
1577 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
1578 reg_data &= ~(E1000_CTRL_EXT_LINK_MODE_MASK);
1579 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, reg_data);
1581 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
1586 /* Do not init these registers when the HW is in IAMT mode, since the
1587 * firmware will have already initialized them. We only initialize
1588 * them if the HW is not in IAMT mode.
1590 if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw) == FALSE) {
1591 /* Enable Electrical Idle on the PHY */
1592 phy_data |= GG82563_PMCR_ENABLE_ELECTRICAL_IDLE;
1593 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_PWR_MGMT_CTRL,
1598 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
1603 phy_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
1604 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL,
1611 /* Workaround: Disable padding in Kumeran interface in the MAC
1612 * and in the PHY to avoid CRC errors.
1614 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
1618 phy_data |= GG82563_ICR_DIS_PADDING;
1619 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_INBAND_CTRL,
1625 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1628 /********************************************************************
1629 * Copper link setup for e1000_phy_m88 series.
1631 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1632 *********************************************************************/
1634 e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1639 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup");
1641 if (hw->phy_reset_disable)
1642 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1644 /* Enable CRS on TX. This must be set for half-duplex operation. */
1645 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1649 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
1652 * MDI/MDI-X = 0 (default)
1653 * 0 - Auto for all speeds
1656 * 3 - Auto for 1000Base-T only (MDI-X for 10/100Base-T modes)
1658 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
1662 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDI_MANUAL_MODE;
1665 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_MDIX_MANUAL_MODE;
1668 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_1000T;
1672 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
1677 * disable_polarity_correction = 0 (default)
1678 * Automatic Correction for Reversed Cable Polarity
1682 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
1683 if (hw->disable_polarity_correction == 1)
1684 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL;
1685 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1689 if (hw->phy_revision < M88E1011_I_REV_4) {
1690 /* Force TX_CLK in the Extended PHY Specific Control Register
1693 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
1697 phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
1699 if ((hw->phy_revision == E1000_REVISION_2) &&
1700 (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID)) {
1701 /* Vidalia Phy, set the downshift counter to 5x */
1702 phy_data &= ~(M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_MASK);
1703 phy_data |= M88EC018_EPSCR_DOWNSHIFT_COUNTER_5X;
1704 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
1705 M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1709 /* Configure Master and Slave downshift values */
1710 phy_data &= ~(M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_MASK |
1711 M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_MASK);
1712 phy_data |= (M88E1000_EPSCR_MASTER_DOWNSHIFT_1X |
1713 M88E1000_EPSCR_SLAVE_DOWNSHIFT_1X);
1714 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
1715 M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
1721 /* SW Reset the PHY so all changes take effect */
1722 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset(hw);
1724 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting the PHY\n");
1728 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1731 /********************************************************************
1732 * Setup auto-negotiation and flow control advertisements,
1733 * and then perform auto-negotiation.
1735 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1736 *********************************************************************/
1738 e1000_copper_link_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1743 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_autoneg");
1745 /* Perform some bounds checking on the hw->autoneg_advertised
1746 * parameter. If this variable is zero, then set it to the default.
1748 hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
1750 /* If autoneg_advertised is zero, we assume it was not defaulted
1751 * by the calling code so we set to advertise full capability.
1753 if (hw->autoneg_advertised == 0)
1754 hw->autoneg_advertised = AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT;
1756 /* IFE phy only supports 10/100 */
1757 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
1758 hw->autoneg_advertised &= AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL;
1760 DEBUGOUT("Reconfiguring auto-neg advertisement params\n");
1761 ret_val = e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(hw);
1763 DEBUGOUT("Error Setting up Auto-Negotiation\n");
1766 DEBUGOUT("Restarting Auto-Neg\n");
1768 /* Restart auto-negotiation by setting the Auto Neg Enable bit and
1769 * the Auto Neg Restart bit in the PHY control register.
1771 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
1775 phy_data |= (MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN | MII_CR_RESTART_AUTO_NEG);
1776 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
1780 /* Does the user want to wait for Auto-Neg to complete here, or
1781 * check at a later time (for example, callback routine).
1783 if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
1784 ret_val = e1000_wait_autoneg(hw);
1786 DEBUGOUT("Error while waiting for autoneg to complete\n");
1791 hw->get_link_status = TRUE;
1793 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1796 /******************************************************************************
1797 * Config the MAC and the PHY after link is up.
1798 * 1) Set up the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
1799 * if we are on 82543. If we
1800 * are on newer silicon, we only need to configure
1801 * collision distance in the Transmit Control Register.
1802 * 2) Set up flow control on the MAC to that established with
1804 * 3) Config DSP to improve Gigabit link quality for some PHY revisions.
1806 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1807 ******************************************************************************/
1809 e1000_copper_link_postconfig(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1812 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_copper_link_postconfig");
1814 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544) {
1815 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
1817 ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
1819 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
1823 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
1825 DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring Flow Control\n");
1829 /* Config DSP to improve Giga link quality */
1830 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) {
1831 ret_val = e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
1833 DEBUGOUT("Error Configuring DSP after link up\n");
1838 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1841 /******************************************************************************
1842 * Detects which PHY is present and setup the speed and duplex
1844 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1845 ******************************************************************************/
1847 e1000_setup_copper_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1854 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_copper_link");
1856 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1857 case e1000_80003es2lan:
1859 /* Set the mac to wait the maximum time between each
1860 * iteration and increase the max iterations when
1861 * polling the phy; this fixes erroneous timeouts at 10Mbps. */
1862 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 4), 0xFFFF);
1865 ret_val = e1000_read_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), ®_data);
1869 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, GG82563_REG(0x34, 9), reg_data);
1876 /* Check if it is a valid PHY and set PHY mode if necessary. */
1877 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_preconfig(hw);
1881 switch (hw->mac_type) {
1882 case e1000_80003es2lan:
1883 /* Kumeran registers are written-only */
1884 reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_LINK_STATUS_TX_TIMEOUT_DEFAULT;
1885 reg_data |= E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_INB_CTRL_DIS_PADDING;
1886 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_INB_CTRL,
1895 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
1896 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
1897 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
1898 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_igp_setup(hw);
1901 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
1902 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_mgp_setup(hw);
1905 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
1906 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_ggp_setup(hw);
1912 /* Setup autoneg and flow control advertisement
1913 * and perform autonegotiation */
1914 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_autoneg(hw);
1918 /* PHY will be set to 10H, 10F, 100H,or 100F
1919 * depending on value from forced_speed_duplex. */
1920 DEBUGOUT("Forcing speed and duplex\n");
1921 ret_val = e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(hw);
1923 DEBUGOUT("Error Forcing Speed and Duplex\n");
1928 /* Check link status. Wait up to 100 microseconds for link to become
1931 for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) {
1932 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
1935 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
1939 if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
1940 /* Config the MAC and PHY after link is up */
1941 ret_val = e1000_copper_link_postconfig(hw);
1945 DEBUGOUT("Valid link established!!!\n");
1946 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1951 DEBUGOUT("Unable to establish link!!!\n");
1952 return E1000_SUCCESS;
1955 /******************************************************************************
1956 * Configure the MAC-to-PHY interface for 10/100Mbps
1958 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
1959 ******************************************************************************/
1961 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t duplex)
1963 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
1967 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100");
1969 reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_10_100_DEFAULT;
1970 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
1975 /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
1976 tipg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
1977 tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
1978 tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_10_100;
1979 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, tipg);
1981 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, ®_data);
1986 if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
1987 reg_data |= GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
1989 reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
1991 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
1997 e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(struct e1000_hw *hw)
1999 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
2003 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000");
2005 reg_data = E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_HD_CTRL_1000_DEFAULT;
2006 ret_val = e1000_write_kmrn_reg(hw, E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_HD_CTRL,
2011 /* Configure Transmit Inter-Packet Gap */
2012 tipg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TIPG);
2013 tipg &= ~E1000_TIPG_IPGT_MASK;
2014 tipg |= DEFAULT_80003ES2LAN_TIPG_IPGT_1000;
2015 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TIPG, tipg);
2017 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, ®_data);
2022 reg_data &= ~GG82563_KMCR_PASS_FALSE_CARRIER;
2023 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_KMRN_MODE_CTRL, reg_data);
2028 /******************************************************************************
2029 * Configures PHY autoneg and flow control advertisement settings
2031 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2032 ******************************************************************************/
2034 e1000_phy_setup_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2037 uint16_t mii_autoneg_adv_reg;
2038 uint16_t mii_1000t_ctrl_reg;
2040 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_setup_autoneg");
2042 /* Read the MII Auto-Neg Advertisement Register (Address 4). */
2043 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, &mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
2047 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
2048 /* Read the MII 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9). */
2049 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, &mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
2053 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg=0;
2055 /* Need to parse both autoneg_advertised and fc and set up
2056 * the appropriate PHY registers. First we will parse for
2057 * autoneg_advertised software override. Since we can advertise
2058 * a plethora of combinations, we need to check each bit
2062 /* First we clear all the 10/100 mb speed bits in the Auto-Neg
2063 * Advertisement Register (Address 4) and the 1000 mb speed bits in
2064 * the 1000Base-T Control Register (Address 9).
2066 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~REG4_SPEED_MASK;
2067 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg &= ~REG9_SPEED_MASK;
2069 DEBUGOUT1("autoneg_advertised %x\n", hw->autoneg_advertised);
2071 /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Half Duplex? */
2072 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_HALF) {
2073 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Half duplex\n");
2074 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_HD_CAPS;
2077 /* Do we want to advertise 10 Mb Full Duplex? */
2078 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_10_FULL) {
2079 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 10mb Full duplex\n");
2080 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_10T_FD_CAPS;
2083 /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Half Duplex? */
2084 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_HALF) {
2085 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Half duplex\n");
2086 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_HD_CAPS;
2089 /* Do we want to advertise 100 Mb Full Duplex? */
2090 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_100_FULL) {
2091 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 100mb Full duplex\n");
2092 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_100TX_FD_CAPS;
2095 /* We do not allow the Phy to advertise 1000 Mb Half Duplex */
2096 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_HALF) {
2097 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Half duplex requested, request denied!\n");
2100 /* Do we want to advertise 1000 Mb Full Duplex? */
2101 if (hw->autoneg_advertised & ADVERTISE_1000_FULL) {
2102 DEBUGOUT("Advertise 1000mb Full duplex\n");
2103 mii_1000t_ctrl_reg |= CR_1000T_FD_CAPS;
2104 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
2105 DEBUGOUT("e1000_phy_ife is a 10/100 PHY. Gigabit speed is not supported.\n");
2109 /* Check for a software override of the flow control settings, and
2110 * setup the PHY advertisement registers accordingly. If
2111 * auto-negotiation is enabled, then software will have to set the
2112 * "PAUSE" bits to the correct value in the Auto-Negotiation
2113 * Advertisement Register (PHY_AUTONEG_ADV) and re-start auto-negotiation.
2115 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
2116 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
2117 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause frames
2118 * but not send pause frames).
2119 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
2120 * but we do not support receiving pause frames).
2121 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) are enabled.
2122 * other: No software override. The flow control configuration
2123 * in the EEPROM is used.
2126 case E1000_FC_NONE: /* 0 */
2127 /* Flow control (RX & TX) is completely disabled by a
2128 * software over-ride.
2130 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~(NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
2132 case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE: /* 1 */
2133 /* RX Flow control is enabled, and TX Flow control is
2134 * disabled, by a software over-ride.
2136 /* Since there really isn't a way to advertise that we are
2137 * capable of RX Pause ONLY, we will advertise that we
2138 * support both symmetric and asymmetric RX PAUSE. Later
2139 * (in e1000_config_fc_after_link_up) we will disable the
2140 *hw's ability to send PAUSE frames.
2142 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
2144 case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE: /* 2 */
2145 /* TX Flow control is enabled, and RX Flow control is
2146 * disabled, by a software over-ride.
2148 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR;
2149 mii_autoneg_adv_reg &= ~NWAY_AR_PAUSE;
2151 case E1000_FC_FULL: /* 3 */
2152 /* Flow control (both RX and TX) is enabled by a software
2155 mii_autoneg_adv_reg |= (NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR | NWAY_AR_PAUSE);
2158 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
2159 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2162 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV, mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
2166 DEBUGOUT1("Auto-Neg Advertising %x\n", mii_autoneg_adv_reg);
2168 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_ife) {
2169 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_CTRL, mii_1000t_ctrl_reg);
2174 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2177 /******************************************************************************
2178 * Force PHY speed and duplex settings to hw->forced_speed_duplex
2180 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2181 ******************************************************************************/
2183 e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2187 uint16_t mii_ctrl_reg;
2188 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
2192 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_force_speed_duplex");
2194 /* Turn off Flow control if we are forcing speed and duplex. */
2195 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
2197 DEBUGOUT1("hw->fc = %d\n", hw->fc);
2199 /* Read the Device Control Register. */
2200 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2202 /* Set the bits to Force Speed and Duplex in the Device Ctrl Reg. */
2203 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
2204 ctrl &= ~(DEVICE_SPEED_MASK);
2206 /* Clear the Auto Speed Detect Enable bit. */
2207 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_ASDE;
2209 /* Read the MII Control Register. */
2210 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &mii_ctrl_reg);
2214 /* We need to disable autoneg in order to force link and duplex. */
2216 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_AUTO_NEG_EN;
2218 /* Are we forcing Full or Half Duplex? */
2219 if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
2220 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) {
2221 /* We want to force full duplex so we SET the full duplex bits in the
2222 * Device and MII Control Registers.
2224 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
2225 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
2226 DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
2228 /* We want to force half duplex so we CLEAR the full duplex bits in
2229 * the Device and MII Control Registers.
2231 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
2232 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
2233 DEBUGOUT("Half Duplex\n");
2236 /* Are we forcing 100Mbps??? */
2237 if (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_full ||
2238 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_100_half) {
2239 /* Set the 100Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 10Mb bits. */
2240 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
2241 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_100;
2242 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_10);
2243 DEBUGOUT("Forcing 100mb ");
2245 /* Set the 10Mb bit and turn off the 1000Mb and 100Mb bits. */
2246 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000 | E1000_CTRL_SPD_100);
2247 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_SPEED_10;
2248 mii_ctrl_reg &= ~(MII_CR_SPEED_1000 | MII_CR_SPEED_100);
2249 DEBUGOUT("Forcing 10mb ");
2252 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2254 /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
2255 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2257 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
2258 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
2259 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2263 /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. M88E1000 requires MDI
2264 * forced whenever speed are duplex are forced.
2266 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PSCR_AUTO_X_MODE;
2267 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2271 DEBUGOUT1("M88E1000 PSCR: %x \n", phy_data);
2273 /* Need to reset the PHY or these changes will be ignored */
2274 mii_ctrl_reg |= MII_CR_RESET;
2275 /* Disable MDI-X support for 10/100 */
2276 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
2277 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
2281 phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX;
2282 phy_data &= ~IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX;
2284 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, phy_data);
2288 /* Clear Auto-Crossover to force MDI manually. IGP requires MDI
2289 * forced whenever speed or duplex are forced.
2291 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, &phy_data);
2295 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_AUTO_MDIX;
2296 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCR_FORCE_MDI_MDIX;
2298 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CTRL, phy_data);
2303 /* Write back the modified PHY MII control register. */
2304 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, mii_ctrl_reg);
2310 /* The wait_autoneg_complete flag may be a little misleading here.
2311 * Since we are forcing speed and duplex, Auto-Neg is not enabled.
2312 * But we do want to delay for a period while forcing only so we
2313 * don't generate false No Link messages. So we will wait here
2314 * only if the user has set wait_autoneg_complete to 1, which is
2317 if (hw->wait_autoneg_complete) {
2318 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete. */
2319 DEBUGOUT("Waiting for forced speed/duplex link.\n");
2322 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
2323 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
2324 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
2327 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2331 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2335 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
2339 ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
2340 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563))) {
2341 /* We didn't get link. Reset the DSP and wait again for link. */
2342 ret_val = e1000_phy_reset_dsp(hw);
2344 DEBUGOUT("Error Resetting PHY DSP\n");
2348 /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
2349 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
2350 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
2352 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg Complete bit
2355 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2359 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2365 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
2366 /* Because we reset the PHY above, we need to re-force TX_CLK in the
2367 * Extended PHY Specific Control Register to 25MHz clock. This value
2368 * defaults back to a 2.5MHz clock when the PHY is reset.
2370 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2374 phy_data |= M88E1000_EPSCR_TX_CLK_25;
2375 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_EXT_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2379 /* In addition, because of the s/w reset above, we need to enable CRS on
2380 * TX. This must be set for both full and half duplex operation.
2382 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2386 phy_data |= M88E1000_PSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
2387 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2391 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
2392 (!hw->autoneg) && (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
2393 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
2394 ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
2398 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
2399 /* The TX_CLK of the Extended PHY Specific Control Register defaults
2400 * to 2.5MHz on a reset. We need to re-force it back to 25MHz, if
2401 * we're not in a forced 10/duplex configuration. */
2402 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
2406 phy_data &= ~GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_MASK;
2407 if ((hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full) ||
2408 (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half))
2409 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_10MBPS_2_5MHZ;
2411 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_TX_CLK_100MBPS_25MHZ;
2413 /* Also due to the reset, we need to enable CRS on Tx. */
2414 phy_data |= GG82563_MSCR_ASSERT_CRS_ON_TX;
2416 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_MAC_SPEC_CTRL, phy_data);
2420 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2423 /******************************************************************************
2424 * Sets the collision distance in the Transmit Control register
2426 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2428 * Link should have been established previously. Reads the speed and duplex
2429 * information from the Device Status register.
2430 ******************************************************************************/
2432 e1000_config_collision_dist(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2434 uint32_t tctl, coll_dist;
2436 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_collision_dist");
2438 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543)
2439 coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE_82542;
2441 coll_dist = E1000_COLLISION_DISTANCE;
2443 tctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TCTL);
2445 tctl &= ~E1000_TCTL_COLD;
2446 tctl |= coll_dist << E1000_COLD_SHIFT;
2448 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TCTL, tctl);
2449 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
2452 /******************************************************************************
2453 * Sets MAC speed and duplex settings to reflect the those in the PHY
2455 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2456 * mii_reg - data to write to the MII control register
2458 * The contents of the PHY register containing the needed information need to
2460 ******************************************************************************/
2462 e1000_config_mac_to_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2468 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_mac_to_phy");
2470 /* 82544 or newer MAC, Auto Speed Detection takes care of
2471 * MAC speed/duplex configuration.*/
2472 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
2473 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2475 /* Read the Device Control Register and set the bits to Force Speed
2478 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2479 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_FRCSPD | E1000_CTRL_FRCDPX);
2480 ctrl &= ~(E1000_CTRL_SPD_SEL | E1000_CTRL_ILOS);
2482 /* Set up duplex in the Device Control and Transmit Control
2483 * registers depending on negotiated values.
2485 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
2489 if (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DPLX)
2490 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_FD;
2492 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_FD;
2494 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2496 /* Set up speed in the Device Control register depending on
2497 * negotiated values.
2499 if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS)
2500 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_1000;
2501 else if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_100MBS)
2502 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SPD_100;
2504 /* Write the configured values back to the Device Control Reg. */
2505 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2506 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2509 /******************************************************************************
2510 * Forces the MAC's flow control settings.
2512 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2514 * Sets the TFCE and RFCE bits in the device control register to reflect
2515 * the adapter settings. TFCE and RFCE need to be explicitly set by
2516 * software when a Copper PHY is used because autonegotiation is managed
2517 * by the PHY rather than the MAC. Software must also configure these
2518 * bits when link is forced on a fiber connection.
2519 *****************************************************************************/
2521 e1000_force_mac_fc(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2525 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_force_mac_fc");
2527 /* Get the current configuration of the Device Control Register */
2528 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2530 /* Because we didn't get link via the internal auto-negotiation
2531 * mechanism (we either forced link or we got link via PHY
2532 * auto-neg), we have to manually enable/disable transmit an
2533 * receive flow control.
2535 * The "Case" statement below enables/disable flow control
2536 * according to the "hw->fc" parameter.
2538 * The possible values of the "fc" parameter are:
2539 * 0: Flow control is completely disabled
2540 * 1: Rx flow control is enabled (we can receive pause
2541 * frames but not send pause frames).
2542 * 2: Tx flow control is enabled (we can send pause frames
2543 * frames but we do not receive pause frames).
2544 * 3: Both Rx and TX flow control (symmetric) is enabled.
2545 * other: No other values should be possible at this point.
2550 ctrl &= (~(E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE));
2552 case E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE:
2553 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
2554 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_RFCE;
2556 case E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE:
2557 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
2558 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_TFCE;
2561 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_TFCE | E1000_CTRL_RFCE);
2564 DEBUGOUT("Flow control param set incorrectly\n");
2565 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2568 /* Disable TX Flow Control for 82542 (rev 2.0) */
2569 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82542_rev2_0)
2570 ctrl &= (~E1000_CTRL_TFCE);
2572 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2573 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2576 /******************************************************************************
2577 * Configures flow control settings after link is established
2579 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2581 * Should be called immediately after a valid link has been established.
2582 * Forces MAC flow control settings if link was forced. When in MII/GMII mode
2583 * and autonegotiation is enabled, the MAC flow control settings will be set
2584 * based on the flow control negotiated by the PHY. In TBI mode, the TFCE
2585 * and RFCE bits will be automaticaly set to the negotiated flow control mode.
2586 *****************************************************************************/
2588 e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2591 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
2592 uint16_t mii_nway_adv_reg;
2593 uint16_t mii_nway_lp_ability_reg;
2597 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_fc_after_link_up");
2599 /* Check for the case where we have fiber media and auto-neg failed
2600 * so we had to force link. In this case, we need to force the
2601 * configuration of the MAC to match the "fc" parameter.
2603 if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) && (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
2604 ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
2605 (hw->autoneg_failed)) ||
2606 ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && (!hw->autoneg))) {
2607 ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
2609 DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
2614 /* Check for the case where we have copper media and auto-neg is
2615 * enabled. In this case, we need to check and see if Auto-Neg
2616 * has completed, and if so, how the PHY and link partner has
2617 * flow control configured.
2619 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->autoneg) {
2620 /* Read the MII Status Register and check to see if AutoNeg
2621 * has completed. We read this twice because this reg has
2622 * some "sticky" (latched) bits.
2624 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2627 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
2631 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
2632 /* The AutoNeg process has completed, so we now need to
2633 * read both the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
2634 * (Address 4) and the Auto_Negotiation Base Page Ability
2635 * Register (Address 5) to determine how flow control was
2638 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_ADV,
2642 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY,
2643 &mii_nway_lp_ability_reg);
2647 /* Two bits in the Auto Negotiation Advertisement Register
2648 * (Address 4) and two bits in the Auto Negotiation Base
2649 * Page Ability Register (Address 5) determine flow control
2650 * for both the PHY and the link partner. The following
2651 * table, taken out of the IEEE 802.3ab/D6.0 dated March 25,
2652 * 1999, describes these PAUSE resolution bits and how flow
2653 * control is determined based upon these settings.
2654 * NOTE: DC = Don't Care
2656 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2657 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | NIC Resolution
2658 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2659 * 0 | 0 | DC | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
2660 * 0 | 1 | 0 | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
2661 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 0 | E1000_FC_NONE
2662 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
2663 * 1 | 0 | 0 | DC | E1000_FC_NONE
2664 * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | E1000_FC_FULL
2665 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 0 | E1000_FC_NONE
2666 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
2669 /* Are both PAUSE bits set to 1? If so, this implies
2670 * Symmetric Flow Control is enabled at both ends. The
2671 * ASM_DIR bits are irrelevant per the spec.
2673 * For Symmetric Flow Control:
2675 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2676 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2677 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2678 * 1 | DC | 1 | DC | E1000_FC_FULL
2681 if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2682 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE)) {
2683 /* Now we need to check if the user selected RX ONLY
2684 * of pause frames. In this case, we had to advertise
2685 * FULL flow control because we could not advertise RX
2686 * ONLY. Hence, we must now check to see if we need to
2687 * turn OFF the TRANSMISSION of PAUSE frames.
2689 if (hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_FULL) {
2690 hw->fc = E1000_FC_FULL;
2691 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = FULL.\n");
2693 hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
2694 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2697 /* For receiving PAUSE frames ONLY.
2699 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2700 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2701 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2702 * 0 | 1 | 1 | 1 | E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE
2705 else if (!(mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2706 (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
2707 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
2708 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
2709 hw->fc = E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE;
2710 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = TX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2712 /* For transmitting PAUSE frames ONLY.
2714 * LOCAL DEVICE | LINK PARTNER
2715 * PAUSE | ASM_DIR | PAUSE | ASM_DIR | Result
2716 *-------|---------|-------|---------|--------------------
2717 * 1 | 1 | 0 | 1 | E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE
2720 else if ((mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_PAUSE) &&
2721 (mii_nway_adv_reg & NWAY_AR_ASM_DIR) &&
2722 !(mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_PAUSE) &&
2723 (mii_nway_lp_ability_reg & NWAY_LPAR_ASM_DIR)) {
2724 hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
2725 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2727 /* Per the IEEE spec, at this point flow control should be
2728 * disabled. However, we want to consider that we could
2729 * be connected to a legacy switch that doesn't advertise
2730 * desired flow control, but can be forced on the link
2731 * partner. So if we advertised no flow control, that is
2732 * what we will resolve to. If we advertised some kind of
2733 * receive capability (Rx Pause Only or Full Flow Control)
2734 * and the link partner advertised none, we will configure
2735 * ourselves to enable Rx Flow Control only. We can do
2736 * this safely for two reasons: If the link partner really
2737 * didn't want flow control enabled, and we enable Rx, no
2738 * harm done since we won't be receiving any PAUSE frames
2739 * anyway. If the intent on the link partner was to have
2740 * flow control enabled, then by us enabling RX only, we
2741 * can at least receive pause frames and process them.
2742 * This is a good idea because in most cases, since we are
2743 * predominantly a server NIC, more times than not we will
2744 * be asked to delay transmission of packets than asking
2745 * our link partner to pause transmission of frames.
2747 else if ((hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_NONE ||
2748 hw->original_fc == E1000_FC_TX_PAUSE) ||
2749 hw->fc_strict_ieee) {
2750 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
2751 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = NONE.\n");
2753 hw->fc = E1000_FC_RX_PAUSE;
2754 DEBUGOUT("Flow Control = RX PAUSE frames only.\n");
2757 /* Now we need to do one last check... If we auto-
2758 * negotiated to HALF DUPLEX, flow control should not be
2759 * enabled per IEEE 802.3 spec.
2761 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
2763 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
2767 if (duplex == HALF_DUPLEX)
2768 hw->fc = E1000_FC_NONE;
2770 /* Now we call a subroutine to actually force the MAC
2771 * controller to use the correct flow control settings.
2773 ret_val = e1000_force_mac_fc(hw);
2775 DEBUGOUT("Error forcing flow control settings\n");
2779 DEBUGOUT("Copper PHY and Auto Neg has not completed.\n");
2782 return E1000_SUCCESS;
2785 /******************************************************************************
2786 * Checks to see if the link status of the hardware has changed.
2788 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
2790 * Called by any function that needs to check the link status of the adapter.
2791 *****************************************************************************/
2793 e1000_check_for_link(struct e1000_hw *hw)
2800 uint32_t signal = 0;
2804 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_for_link");
2806 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2807 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
2809 /* On adapters with a MAC newer than 82544, SW Defineable pin 1 will be
2810 * set when the optics detect a signal. On older adapters, it will be
2811 * cleared when there is a signal. This applies to fiber media only.
2813 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
2814 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) {
2815 rxcw = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW);
2817 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
2818 signal = (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) ? E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1 : 0;
2819 if (status & E1000_STATUS_LU)
2820 hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
2824 /* If we have a copper PHY then we only want to go out to the PHY
2825 * registers to see if Auto-Neg has completed and/or if our link
2826 * status has changed. The get_link_status flag will be set if we
2827 * receive a Link Status Change interrupt or we have Rx Sequence
2830 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) && hw->get_link_status) {
2831 /* First we want to see if the MII Status Register reports
2832 * link. If so, then we want to get the current speed/duplex
2834 * Read the register twice since the link bit is sticky.
2836 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2839 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
2843 if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
2844 hw->get_link_status = FALSE;
2845 /* Check if there was DownShift, must be checked immediately after
2847 e1000_check_downshift(hw);
2849 /* If we are on 82544 or 82543 silicon and speed/duplex
2850 * are forced to 10H or 10F, then we will implement the polarity
2851 * reversal workaround. We disable interrupts first, and upon
2852 * returning, place the devices interrupt state to its previous
2853 * value except for the link status change interrupt which will
2854 * happen due to the execution of this workaround.
2857 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82543) &&
2859 (hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_full ||
2860 hw->forced_speed_duplex == e1000_10_half)) {
2861 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMC, 0xffffffff);
2862 ret_val = e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(hw);
2863 icr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICR);
2864 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, ICS, (icr & ~E1000_ICS_LSC));
2865 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, IMS, IMS_ENABLE_MASK);
2869 /* No link detected */
2870 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, FALSE);
2874 /* If we are forcing speed/duplex, then we simply return since
2875 * we have already determined whether we have link or not.
2877 if (!hw->autoneg) return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
2879 /* optimize the dsp settings for the igp phy */
2880 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(hw, TRUE);
2882 /* We have a M88E1000 PHY and Auto-Neg is enabled. If we
2883 * have Si on board that is 82544 or newer, Auto
2884 * Speed Detection takes care of MAC speed/duplex
2885 * configuration. So we only need to configure Collision
2886 * Distance in the MAC. Otherwise, we need to force
2887 * speed/duplex on the MAC to the current PHY speed/duplex
2890 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82544)
2891 e1000_config_collision_dist(hw);
2893 ret_val = e1000_config_mac_to_phy(hw);
2895 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring MAC to PHY settings\n");
2900 /* Configure Flow Control now that Auto-Neg has completed. First, we
2901 * need to restore the desired flow control settings because we may
2902 * have had to re-autoneg with a different link partner.
2904 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
2906 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
2910 /* At this point we know that we are on copper and we have
2911 * auto-negotiated link. These are conditions for checking the link
2912 * partner capability register. We use the link speed to determine if
2913 * TBI compatibility needs to be turned on or off. If the link is not
2914 * at gigabit speed, then TBI compatibility is not needed. If we are
2915 * at gigabit speed, we turn on TBI compatibility.
2917 if (hw->tbi_compatibility_en) {
2918 uint16_t speed, duplex;
2919 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
2921 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
2924 if (speed != SPEED_1000) {
2925 /* If link speed is not set to gigabit speed, we do not need
2926 * to enable TBI compatibility.
2928 if (hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
2929 /* If we previously were in the mode, turn it off. */
2930 rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
2931 rctl &= ~E1000_RCTL_SBP;
2932 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
2933 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = FALSE;
2936 /* If TBI compatibility is was previously off, turn it on. For
2937 * compatibility with a TBI link partner, we will store bad
2938 * packets. Some frames have an additional byte on the end and
2939 * will look like CRC errors to to the hardware.
2941 if (!hw->tbi_compatibility_on) {
2942 hw->tbi_compatibility_on = TRUE;
2943 rctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RCTL);
2944 rctl |= E1000_RCTL_SBP;
2945 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, RCTL, rctl);
2950 /* If we don't have link (auto-negotiation failed or link partner cannot
2951 * auto-negotiate), the cable is plugged in (we have signal), and our
2952 * link partner is not trying to auto-negotiate with us (we are receiving
2953 * idles or data), we need to force link up. We also need to give
2954 * auto-negotiation time to complete, in case the cable was just plugged
2955 * in. The autoneg_failed flag does this.
2957 else if ((((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) &&
2958 ((ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN1) == signal)) ||
2959 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
2960 (!(status & E1000_STATUS_LU)) &&
2961 (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C))) {
2962 if (hw->autoneg_failed == 0) {
2963 hw->autoneg_failed = 1;
2966 DEBUGOUT("NOT RXing /C/, disable AutoNeg and force link.\n");
2968 /* Disable auto-negotiation in the TXCW register */
2969 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, (hw->txcw & ~E1000_TXCW_ANE));
2971 /* Force link-up and also force full-duplex. */
2972 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
2973 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_SLU | E1000_CTRL_FD);
2974 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
2976 /* Configure Flow Control after forcing link up. */
2977 ret_val = e1000_config_fc_after_link_up(hw);
2979 DEBUGOUT("Error configuring flow control\n");
2983 /* If we are forcing link and we are receiving /C/ ordered sets, re-enable
2984 * auto-negotiation in the TXCW register and disable forced link in the
2985 * Device Control register in an attempt to auto-negotiate with our link
2988 else if (((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) ||
2989 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes)) &&
2990 (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_SLU) && (rxcw & E1000_RXCW_C)) {
2991 DEBUGOUT("RXing /C/, enable AutoNeg and stop forcing link.\n");
2992 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, TXCW, hw->txcw);
2993 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_SLU));
2995 hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
2997 /* If we force link for non-auto-negotiation switch, check link status
2998 * based on MAC synchronization for internal serdes media type.
3000 else if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
3001 !(E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
3002 /* SYNCH bit and IV bit are sticky. */
3004 if (E1000_RXCW_SYNCH & E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXCW)) {
3005 if (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) {
3006 hw->serdes_link_down = FALSE;
3007 DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is up.\n");
3010 hw->serdes_link_down = TRUE;
3011 DEBUGOUT("SERDES: Link is down.\n");
3014 if ((hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_internal_serdes) &&
3015 (E1000_TXCW_ANE & E1000_READ_REG(hw, TXCW))) {
3016 hw->serdes_link_down = !(E1000_STATUS_LU & E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS));
3018 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3021 /******************************************************************************
3022 * Detects the current speed and duplex settings of the hardware.
3024 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3025 * speed - Speed of the connection
3026 * duplex - Duplex setting of the connection
3027 *****************************************************************************/
3029 e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3037 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_speed_and_duplex");
3039 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82543) {
3040 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
3041 if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_1000) {
3042 *speed = SPEED_1000;
3043 DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, ");
3044 } else if (status & E1000_STATUS_SPEED_100) {
3046 DEBUGOUT("100 Mbs, ");
3049 DEBUGOUT("10 Mbs, ");
3052 if (status & E1000_STATUS_FD) {
3053 *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
3054 DEBUGOUT("Full Duplex\n");
3056 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
3057 DEBUGOUT(" Half Duplex\n");
3060 DEBUGOUT("1000 Mbs, Full Duplex\n");
3061 *speed = SPEED_1000;
3062 *duplex = FULL_DUPLEX;
3065 /* IGP01 PHY may advertise full duplex operation after speed downgrade even
3066 * if it is operating at half duplex. Here we set the duplex settings to
3067 * match the duplex in the link partner's capabilities.
3069 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp && hw->speed_downgraded) {
3070 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_AUTONEG_EXP, &phy_data);
3074 if (!(phy_data & NWAY_ER_LP_NWAY_CAPS))
3075 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
3077 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_LP_ABILITY, &phy_data);
3080 if ((*speed == SPEED_100 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_100TX_FD_CAPS)) ||
3081 (*speed == SPEED_10 && !(phy_data & NWAY_LPAR_10T_FD_CAPS)))
3082 *duplex = HALF_DUPLEX;
3086 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3087 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
3088 if (*speed == SPEED_1000)
3089 ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_1000(hw);
3091 ret_val = e1000_configure_kmrn_for_10_100(hw, *duplex);
3096 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) && (*speed == SPEED_1000)) {
3097 ret_val = e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(hw);
3102 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3105 /******************************************************************************
3106 * Blocks until autoneg completes or times out (~4.5 seconds)
3108 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3109 ******************************************************************************/
3111 e1000_wait_autoneg(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3117 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_wait_autoneg");
3118 DEBUGOUT("Waiting for Auto-Neg to complete.\n");
3120 /* We will wait for autoneg to complete or 4.5 seconds to expire. */
3121 for (i = PHY_AUTO_NEG_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
3122 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Auto-Neg
3123 * Complete bit to be set.
3125 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3128 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3131 if (phy_data & MII_SR_AUTONEG_COMPLETE) {
3132 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3136 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3139 /******************************************************************************
3140 * Raises the Management Data Clock
3142 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3143 * ctrl - Device control register's current value
3144 ******************************************************************************/
3146 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3149 /* Raise the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by setting the MDC
3150 * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
3152 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl | E1000_CTRL_MDC));
3153 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3157 /******************************************************************************
3158 * Lowers the Management Data Clock
3160 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3161 * ctrl - Device control register's current value
3162 ******************************************************************************/
3164 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3167 /* Lower the clock input to the Management Data Clock (by clearing the MDC
3168 * bit), and then delay 10 microseconds.
3170 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, (*ctrl & ~E1000_CTRL_MDC));
3171 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3175 /******************************************************************************
3176 * Shifts data bits out to the PHY
3178 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3179 * data - Data to send out to the PHY
3180 * count - Number of bits to shift out
3182 * Bits are shifted out in MSB to LSB order.
3183 ******************************************************************************/
3185 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3192 /* We need to shift "count" number of bits out to the PHY. So, the value
3193 * in the "data" parameter will be shifted out to the PHY one bit at a
3194 * time. In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
3197 mask <<= (count - 1);
3199 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3201 /* Set MDIO_DIR and MDC_DIR direction bits to be used as output pins. */
3202 ctrl |= (E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR | E1000_CTRL_MDC_DIR);
3205 /* A "1" is shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "1" and
3206 * then raising and lowering the Management Data Clock. A "0" is
3207 * shifted out to the PHY by setting the MDIO bit to "0" and then
3208 * raising and lowering the clock.
3211 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
3213 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
3215 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3216 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3220 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3221 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3227 /******************************************************************************
3228 * Shifts data bits in from the PHY
3230 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3232 * Bits are shifted in in MSB to LSB order.
3233 ******************************************************************************/
3235 e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3241 /* In order to read a register from the PHY, we need to shift in a total
3242 * of 18 bits from the PHY. The first two bit (turnaround) times are used
3243 * to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a read operation is performed.
3244 * These two bits are ignored by us and thrown away. Bits are "shifted in"
3245 * by raising the input to the Management Data Clock (setting the MDC bit),
3246 * and then reading the value of the MDIO bit.
3248 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3250 /* Clear MDIO_DIR (SWDPIO1) to indicate this bit is to be used as input. */
3251 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO_DIR;
3252 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_MDIO;
3254 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3255 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3257 /* Raise and Lower the clock before reading in the data. This accounts for
3258 * the turnaround bits. The first clock occurred when we clocked out the
3259 * last bit of the Register Address.
3261 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3262 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3264 for (data = 0, i = 0; i < 16; i++) {
3266 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3267 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3268 /* Check to see if we shifted in a "1". */
3269 if (ctrl & E1000_CTRL_MDIO)
3271 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3274 e1000_raise_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3275 e1000_lower_mdi_clk(hw, &ctrl);
3281 e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask)
3283 uint32_t swfw_sync = 0;
3284 uint32_t swmask = mask;
3285 uint32_t fwmask = mask << 16;
3286 int32_t timeout = 200;
3288 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_acquire");
3290 if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present)
3291 return e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
3293 if (!hw->swfw_sync_present)
3294 return e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3297 if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
3298 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3300 swfw_sync = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC);
3301 if (!(swfw_sync & (fwmask | swmask))) {
3305 /* firmware currently using resource (fwmask) */
3306 /* or other software thread currently using resource (swmask) */
3307 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3313 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access resource, SW_FW_SYNC timeout.\n");
3314 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3317 swfw_sync |= swmask;
3318 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
3320 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3321 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3325 e1000_swfw_sync_release(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t mask)
3328 uint32_t swmask = mask;
3330 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_swfw_sync_release");
3332 if (hw->swfwhw_semaphore_present) {
3333 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
3337 if (!hw->swfw_sync_present) {
3338 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3342 /* if (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw))
3343 * return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC; */
3344 while (e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS);
3347 swfw_sync = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC);
3348 swfw_sync &= ~swmask;
3349 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SW_FW_SYNC, swfw_sync);
3351 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
3354 /*****************************************************************************
3355 * Reads the value from a PHY register, if the value is on a specific non zero
3356 * page, sets the page first.
3357 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3358 * reg_addr - address of the PHY register to read
3359 ******************************************************************************/
3361 e1000_read_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3368 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg");
3370 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3371 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3372 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3374 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3376 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3377 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3379 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
3380 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
3381 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
3382 (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
3383 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3384 (uint16_t)reg_addr);
3386 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3389 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
3390 if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
3391 (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
3392 /* Select Configuration Page */
3393 if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
3394 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3395 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3397 /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
3398 * registers 30 and 31
3400 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
3401 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
3402 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3406 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3412 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
3415 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3420 e1000_read_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3426 const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
3428 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_phy_reg_ex");
3430 if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
3431 DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
3432 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
3435 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
3436 /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, and register address in the MDI
3437 * Control register. The MAC will take care of interfacing with the
3438 * PHY to retrieve the desired data.
3440 mdic = ((reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
3441 (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
3442 (E1000_MDIC_OP_READ));
3444 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
3446 /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
3447 for (i = 0; i < 64; i++) {
3449 mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
3450 if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
3452 if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
3453 DEBUGOUT("MDI Read did not complete\n");
3454 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3456 if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_ERROR) {
3457 DEBUGOUT("MDI Error\n");
3458 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3460 *phy_data = (uint16_t) mdic;
3462 /* We must first send a preamble through the MDIO pin to signal the
3463 * beginning of an MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
3464 * consecutive "1" bits.
3466 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
3468 /* Now combine the next few fields that are required for a read
3469 * operation. We use this method instead of calling the
3470 * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine five different times. The format of
3471 * a MII read instruction consists of a shift out of 14 bits and is
3472 * defined as follows:
3473 * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr>
3474 * followed by a shift in of 18 bits. This first two bits shifted in
3475 * are TurnAround bits used to avoid contention on the MDIO pin when a
3476 * READ operation is performed. These two bits are thrown away
3477 * followed by a shift in of 16 bits which contains the desired data.
3479 mdic = ((reg_addr) | (phy_addr << 5) |
3480 (PHY_OP_READ << 10) | (PHY_SOF << 12));
3482 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 14);
3484 /* Now that we've shifted out the read command to the MII, we need to
3485 * "shift in" the 16-bit value (18 total bits) of the requested PHY
3488 *phy_data = e1000_shift_in_mdi_bits(hw);
3490 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3493 /******************************************************************************
3494 * Writes a value to a PHY register
3496 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3497 * reg_addr - address of the PHY register to write
3498 * data - data to write to the PHY
3499 ******************************************************************************/
3501 e1000_write_phy_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3508 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg");
3510 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3511 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3512 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3514 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3516 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3517 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3519 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
3520 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
3521 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) &&
3522 (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG)) {
3523 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3524 (uint16_t)reg_addr);
3526 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3529 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
3530 if (((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) > MAX_PHY_MULTI_PAGE_REG) ||
3531 (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)) {
3532 /* Select Configuration Page */
3533 if ((reg_addr & MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) < GG82563_MIN_ALT_REG) {
3534 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT,
3535 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3537 /* Use Alternative Page Select register to access
3538 * registers 30 and 31
3540 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw,
3541 GG82563_PHY_PAGE_SELECT_ALT,
3542 (uint16_t)((uint16_t)reg_addr >> GG82563_PAGE_SHIFT));
3546 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3552 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS & reg_addr,
3555 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3560 e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3566 const uint32_t phy_addr = 1;
3568 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_phy_reg_ex");
3570 if (reg_addr > MAX_PHY_REG_ADDRESS) {
3571 DEBUGOUT1("PHY Address %d is out of range\n", reg_addr);
3572 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
3575 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
3576 /* Set up Op-code, Phy Address, register address, and data intended
3577 * for the PHY register in the MDI Control register. The MAC will take
3578 * care of interfacing with the PHY to send the desired data.
3580 mdic = (((uint32_t) phy_data) |
3581 (reg_addr << E1000_MDIC_REG_SHIFT) |
3582 (phy_addr << E1000_MDIC_PHY_SHIFT) |
3583 (E1000_MDIC_OP_WRITE));
3585 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, MDIC, mdic);
3587 /* Poll the ready bit to see if the MDI read completed */
3588 for (i = 0; i < 641; i++) {
3590 mdic = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MDIC);
3591 if (mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY) break;
3593 if (!(mdic & E1000_MDIC_READY)) {
3594 DEBUGOUT("MDI Write did not complete\n");
3595 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
3598 /* We'll need to use the SW defined pins to shift the write command
3599 * out to the PHY. We first send a preamble to the PHY to signal the
3600 * beginning of the MII instruction. This is done by sending 32
3601 * consecutive "1" bits.
3603 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, PHY_PREAMBLE, PHY_PREAMBLE_SIZE);
3605 /* Now combine the remaining required fields that will indicate a
3606 * write operation. We use this method instead of calling the
3607 * e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits routine for each field in the command. The
3608 * format of a MII write instruction is as follows:
3609 * <Preamble><SOF><Op Code><Phy Addr><Reg Addr><Turnaround><Data>.
3611 mdic = ((PHY_TURNAROUND) | (reg_addr << 2) | (phy_addr << 7) |
3612 (PHY_OP_WRITE << 12) | (PHY_SOF << 14));
3614 mdic |= (uint32_t) phy_data;
3616 e1000_shift_out_mdi_bits(hw, mdic, 32);
3619 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3623 e1000_read_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3629 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_kmrn_reg");
3631 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3632 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3633 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3635 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3637 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3638 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3640 /* Write register address */
3641 reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
3642 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) |
3643 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_REN;
3644 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
3647 /* Read the data returned */
3648 reg_val = E1000_READ_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA);
3649 *data = (uint16_t)reg_val;
3651 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3652 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3656 e1000_write_kmrn_reg(struct e1000_hw *hw,
3662 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_kmrn_reg");
3664 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3665 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3666 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3668 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3670 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw))
3671 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3673 reg_val = ((reg_addr << E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET_SHIFT) &
3674 E1000_KUMCTRLSTA_OFFSET) | data;
3675 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, KUMCTRLSTA, reg_val);
3678 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3679 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3682 /******************************************************************************
3683 * Returns the PHY to the power-on reset state
3685 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3686 ******************************************************************************/
3688 e1000_phy_hw_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3690 uint32_t ctrl, ctrl_ext;
3695 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_hw_reset");
3697 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
3698 * simply return success without performing the reset. */
3699 ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
3701 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3703 DEBUGOUT("Resetting Phy...\n");
3705 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82543) {
3706 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) &&
3707 (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)) {
3708 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY1_SM;
3710 swfw = E1000_SWFW_PHY0_SM;
3712 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, swfw)) {
3713 e1000_release_software_semaphore(hw);
3714 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
3716 /* Read the device control register and assert the E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST
3717 * bit. Then, take it out of reset.
3718 * For pre-e1000_82571 hardware, we delay for 10ms between the assert
3719 * and deassert. For e1000_82571 hardware and later, we instead delay
3720 * for 50us between and 10ms after the deassertion.
3722 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3723 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
3724 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3726 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571)
3731 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
3732 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3734 if (hw->mac_type >= e1000_82571)
3736 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, swfw);
3738 /* Read the Extended Device Control Register, assert the PHY_RESET_DIR
3739 * bit to put the PHY into reset. Then, take it out of reset.
3741 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
3742 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DIR;
3743 ctrl_ext &= ~E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
3744 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
3745 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3747 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_SDP4_DATA;
3748 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
3749 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
3753 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82541) || (hw->mac_type == e1000_82547)) {
3754 /* Configure activity LED after PHY reset */
3755 led_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
3756 led_ctrl &= IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_MASK;
3757 led_ctrl |= (IGP_ACTIVITY_LED_ENABLE | IGP_LED3_MODE);
3758 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, led_ctrl);
3761 /* Wait for FW to finish PHY configuration. */
3762 ret_val = e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(hw);
3763 if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
3765 e1000_release_software_semaphore(hw);
3767 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) && (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3))
3768 ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(hw);
3773 /******************************************************************************
3776 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3778 * Sets bit 15 of the MII Control regiser
3779 ******************************************************************************/
3781 e1000_phy_reset(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3786 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset");
3788 /* In the case of the phy reset being blocked, it's not an error, we
3789 * simply return success without performing the reset. */
3790 ret_val = e1000_check_phy_reset_block(hw);
3792 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3794 switch (hw->mac_type) {
3795 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
3799 ret_val = e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
3805 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
3809 phy_data |= MII_CR_RESET;
3810 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
3818 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp || hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
3819 e1000_phy_init_script(hw);
3821 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3824 /******************************************************************************
3825 * Work-around for 82566 power-down: on D3 entry-
3826 * 1) disable gigabit link
3827 * 2) write VR power-down enable
3829 * if successful continue, else issue LCD reset and repeat
3831 * hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3832 ******************************************************************************/
3834 e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3840 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_powerdown_workaround");
3842 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
3847 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
3848 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
3849 E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
3851 /* Write VR power-down enable */
3852 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
3853 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, phy_data |
3854 IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_SHUT);
3856 /* Read it back and test */
3857 e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_VR_CTRL, &phy_data);
3858 if ((phy_data & IGP3_VR_CTRL_MODE_SHUT) || retry)
3861 /* Issue PHY reset and repeat at most one more time */
3862 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
3863 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, reg | E1000_CTRL_PHY_RST);
3871 /******************************************************************************
3872 * Work-around for 82566 Kumeran PCS lock loss:
3873 * On link status change (i.e. PCI reset, speed change) and link is up and
3875 * 0) if workaround is optionally disabled do nothing
3876 * 1) wait 1ms for Kumeran link to come up
3877 * 2) check Kumeran Diagnostic register PCS lock loss bit
3878 * 3) if not set the link is locked (all is good), otherwise...
3880 * 5) repeat up to 10 times
3881 * Note: this is only called for IGP3 copper when speed is 1gb.
3883 * hw - struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3884 ******************************************************************************/
3886 e1000_kumeran_lock_loss_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3893 if (hw->kmrn_lock_loss_workaround_disabled)
3894 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3896 /* Make sure link is up before proceeding. If not just return.
3897 * Attempting this while link is negotiating fouled up link
3899 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3900 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
3902 if (phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
3903 for (cnt = 0; cnt < 10; cnt++) {
3904 /* read once to clear */
3905 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
3908 /* and again to get new status */
3909 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3_KMRN_DIAG, &phy_data);
3913 /* check for PCS lock */
3914 if (!(phy_data & IGP3_KMRN_DIAG_PCS_LOCK_LOSS))
3915 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3917 /* Issue PHY reset */
3918 e1000_phy_hw_reset(hw);
3921 /* Disable GigE link negotiation */
3922 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
3923 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, reg | E1000_PHY_CTRL_GBE_DISABLE |
3924 E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_GBE_DISABLE);
3926 /* unable to acquire PCS lock */
3927 return E1000_ERR_PHY;
3930 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3933 /******************************************************************************
3934 * Probes the expected PHY address for known PHY IDs
3936 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
3937 ******************************************************************************/
3939 e1000_detect_gig_phy(struct e1000_hw *hw)
3941 int32_t phy_init_status, ret_val;
3942 uint16_t phy_id_high, phy_id_low;
3943 boolean_t match = FALSE;
3945 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_detect_gig_phy");
3947 /* The 82571 firmware may still be configuring the PHY. In this
3948 * case, we cannot access the PHY until the configuration is done. So
3949 * we explicitly set the PHY values. */
3950 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82571 ||
3951 hw->mac_type == e1000_82572) {
3952 hw->phy_id = IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID;
3953 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_igp_2;
3954 return E1000_SUCCESS;
3957 /* ESB-2 PHY reads require e1000_phy_gg82563 to be set because of a work-
3958 * around that forces PHY page 0 to be set or the reads fail. The rest of
3959 * the code in this routine uses e1000_read_phy_reg to read the PHY ID.
3960 * So for ESB-2 we need to have this set so our reads won't fail. If the
3961 * attached PHY is not a e1000_phy_gg82563, the routines below will figure
3962 * this out as well. */
3963 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan)
3964 hw->phy_type = e1000_phy_gg82563;
3966 /* Read the PHY ID Registers to identify which PHY is onboard. */
3967 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID1, &phy_id_high);
3971 hw->phy_id = (uint32_t) (phy_id_high << 16);
3973 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_ID2, &phy_id_low);
3977 hw->phy_id |= (uint32_t) (phy_id_low & PHY_REVISION_MASK);
3978 hw->phy_revision = (uint32_t) phy_id_low & ~PHY_REVISION_MASK;
3980 switch (hw->mac_type) {
3982 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
3985 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
3989 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
3991 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
3992 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1011_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
3995 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
3997 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
3998 if (hw->phy_id == IGP01E1000_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4001 if (hw->phy_id == M88E1111_I_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4003 case e1000_80003es2lan:
4004 if (hw->phy_id == GG82563_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4007 if (hw->phy_id == IGP03E1000_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4008 if (hw->phy_id == IFE_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4009 if (hw->phy_id == IFE_PLUS_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4010 if (hw->phy_id == IFE_C_E_PHY_ID) match = TRUE;
4013 DEBUGOUT1("Invalid MAC type %d\n", hw->mac_type);
4014 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4016 phy_init_status = e1000_set_phy_type(hw);
4018 if ((match) && (phy_init_status == E1000_SUCCESS)) {
4019 DEBUGOUT1("PHY ID 0x%X detected\n", hw->phy_id);
4020 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4022 DEBUGOUT1("Invalid PHY ID 0x%X\n", hw->phy_id);
4023 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
4026 /******************************************************************************
4027 * Resets the PHY's DSP
4029 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4030 ******************************************************************************/
4032 e1000_phy_reset_dsp(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4035 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_reset_dsp");
4038 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
4039 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 29, 0x001d);
4042 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x00c1);
4044 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 30, 0x0000);
4046 ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
4052 /******************************************************************************
4053 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers for igp PHY only.
4055 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4056 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4057 ******************************************************************************/
4059 e1000_phy_igp_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4060 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4063 uint16_t phy_data, min_length, max_length, average;
4064 e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
4066 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_igp_get_info");
4068 /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
4069 * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
4070 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
4072 /* IGP01E1000 does not need to support it. */
4073 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
4075 /* IGP01E1000 always correct polarity reversal */
4076 phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
4078 /* Check polarity status */
4079 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
4083 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
4085 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS, &phy_data);
4089 phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
4090 IGP01E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
4092 if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
4093 IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
4094 /* Local/Remote Receiver Information are only valid at 1000 Mbps */
4095 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
4099 phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
4100 SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4101 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4102 phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
4103 SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4104 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4106 /* Get cable length */
4107 ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
4111 /* Translate to old method */
4112 average = (max_length + min_length) / 2;
4114 if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_50)
4115 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50;
4116 else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_80)
4117 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_50_80;
4118 else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_110)
4119 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_80_110;
4120 else if (average <= e1000_igp_cable_length_140)
4121 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_110_140;
4123 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_140;
4126 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4129 /******************************************************************************
4130 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers for ife PHY only.
4132 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4133 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4134 ******************************************************************************/
4136 e1000_phy_ife_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4137 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4141 e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
4143 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_ife_get_info");
4145 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
4146 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
4148 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
4151 phy_info->polarity_correction =
4152 ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE) >>
4153 IFE_PSC_AUTO_POLARITY_DISABLE_SHIFT) ?
4154 e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
4156 if (phy_info->polarity_correction == e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled) {
4157 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
4161 /* Polarity is forced. */
4162 polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY) >>
4163 IFE_PSC_FORCE_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
4164 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
4166 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
4168 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_MDIX_CONTROL, &phy_data);
4172 phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)
4173 ((phy_data & (IFE_PMC_AUTO_MDIX | IFE_PMC_FORCE_MDIX)) >>
4174 IFE_PMC_MDIX_MODE_SHIFT);
4176 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4179 /******************************************************************************
4180 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers fot m88 PHY only.
4182 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4183 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4184 ******************************************************************************/
4186 e1000_phy_m88_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4187 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4191 e1000_rev_polarity polarity;
4193 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_m88_get_info");
4195 /* The downshift status is checked only once, after link is established,
4196 * and it stored in the hw->speed_downgraded parameter. */
4197 phy_info->downshift = (e1000_downshift)hw->speed_downgraded;
4199 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_CTRL, &phy_data);
4203 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance =
4204 ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE) >>
4205 M88E1000_PSCR_10BT_EXT_DIST_ENABLE_SHIFT) ?
4206 e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_lower : e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_normal;
4208 phy_info->polarity_correction =
4209 ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL) >>
4210 M88E1000_PSCR_POLARITY_REVERSAL_SHIFT) ?
4211 e1000_polarity_reversal_disabled : e1000_polarity_reversal_enabled;
4213 /* Check polarity status */
4214 ret_val = e1000_check_polarity(hw, &polarity);
4217 phy_info->cable_polarity = polarity;
4219 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS, &phy_data);
4223 phy_info->mdix_mode = (e1000_auto_x_mode)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX) >>
4224 M88E1000_PSSR_MDIX_SHIFT);
4226 if ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_SPEED) == M88E1000_PSSR_1000MBS) {
4227 /* Cable Length Estimation and Local/Remote Receiver Information
4228 * are only valid at 1000 Mbps.
4230 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_gg82563) {
4231 phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
4232 M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT);
4234 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
4239 phy_info->cable_length = (e1000_cable_length)(phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH);
4242 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS, &phy_data);
4246 phy_info->local_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS) >>
4247 SR_1000T_LOCAL_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4248 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4249 phy_info->remote_rx = ((phy_data & SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS) >>
4250 SR_1000T_REMOTE_RX_STATUS_SHIFT) ?
4251 e1000_1000t_rx_status_ok : e1000_1000t_rx_status_not_ok;
4255 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4258 /******************************************************************************
4259 * Get PHY information from various PHY registers
4261 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4262 * phy_info - PHY information structure
4263 ******************************************************************************/
4265 e1000_phy_get_info(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4266 struct e1000_phy_info *phy_info)
4271 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_phy_get_info");
4273 phy_info->cable_length = e1000_cable_length_undefined;
4274 phy_info->extended_10bt_distance = e1000_10bt_ext_dist_enable_undefined;
4275 phy_info->cable_polarity = e1000_rev_polarity_undefined;
4276 phy_info->downshift = e1000_downshift_undefined;
4277 phy_info->polarity_correction = e1000_polarity_reversal_undefined;
4278 phy_info->mdix_mode = e1000_auto_x_mode_undefined;
4279 phy_info->local_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
4280 phy_info->remote_rx = e1000_1000t_rx_status_undefined;
4282 if (hw->media_type != e1000_media_type_copper) {
4283 DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid for copper media\n");
4284 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4287 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
4291 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &phy_data);
4295 if ((phy_data & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) != MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) {
4296 DEBUGOUT("PHY info is only valid if link is up\n");
4297 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4300 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
4301 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
4302 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2)
4303 return e1000_phy_igp_get_info(hw, phy_info);
4304 else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife)
4305 return e1000_phy_ife_get_info(hw, phy_info);
4307 return e1000_phy_m88_get_info(hw, phy_info);
4311 e1000_validate_mdi_setting(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4313 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_mdi_settings");
4315 if (!hw->autoneg && (hw->mdix == 0 || hw->mdix == 3)) {
4316 DEBUGOUT("Invalid MDI setting detected\n");
4318 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
4320 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4324 /******************************************************************************
4325 * Sets up eeprom variables in the hw struct. Must be called after mac_type
4326 * is configured. Additionally, if this is ICH8, the flash controller GbE
4327 * registers must be mapped, or this will crash.
4329 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4330 *****************************************************************************/
4332 e1000_init_eeprom_params(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4334 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4335 uint32_t eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4336 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
4337 uint16_t eeprom_size;
4339 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_eeprom_params");
4341 switch (hw->mac_type) {
4342 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
4343 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
4346 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
4347 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4348 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
4349 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
4350 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
4351 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4352 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4356 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
4358 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
4359 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
4360 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
4361 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
4362 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE) {
4363 eeprom->word_size = 256;
4364 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4366 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4367 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
4369 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4370 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4373 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
4375 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
4376 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_TYPE) {
4377 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4378 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4379 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4380 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4381 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4382 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4384 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4385 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4388 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_microwire;
4389 eeprom->opcode_bits = 3;
4390 eeprom->delay_usec = 50;
4391 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4392 eeprom->word_size = 256;
4393 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4395 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4396 eeprom->address_bits = 6;
4399 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4400 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4404 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4405 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4406 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4407 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4408 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4409 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4411 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4412 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4414 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4415 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4418 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4419 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4420 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4421 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4422 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4423 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4425 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4426 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4428 eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
4429 eeprom->use_eewr = TRUE;
4430 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE) {
4431 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_flash;
4432 eeprom->word_size = 2048;
4434 /* Ensure that the Autonomous FLASH update bit is cleared due to
4435 * Flash update issue on parts which use a FLASH for NVM. */
4436 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_AUPDEN;
4437 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4440 case e1000_80003es2lan:
4441 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_spi;
4442 eeprom->opcode_bits = 8;
4443 eeprom->delay_usec = 1;
4444 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_ADDR_BITS) {
4445 eeprom->page_size = 32;
4446 eeprom->address_bits = 16;
4448 eeprom->page_size = 8;
4449 eeprom->address_bits = 8;
4451 eeprom->use_eerd = TRUE;
4452 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4457 uint32_t flash_size = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_GFPREG);
4459 eeprom->type = e1000_eeprom_ich8;
4460 eeprom->use_eerd = FALSE;
4461 eeprom->use_eewr = FALSE;
4462 eeprom->word_size = E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS;
4464 /* Zero the shadow RAM structure. But don't load it from NVM
4465 * so as to save time for driver init */
4466 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
4467 for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
4468 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = FALSE;
4469 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
4473 hw->flash_base_addr = (flash_size & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) *
4474 ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
4476 hw->flash_bank_size = ((flash_size >> 16) & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK) + 1;
4477 hw->flash_bank_size -= (flash_size & ICH8_GFPREG_BASE_MASK);
4478 hw->flash_bank_size *= ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE;
4479 hw->flash_bank_size /= 2 * sizeof(uint16_t);
4487 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4488 /* eeprom_size will be an enum [0..8] that maps to eeprom sizes 128B to
4489 * 32KB (incremented by powers of 2).
4491 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) {
4492 /* Set to default value for initial eeprom read. */
4493 eeprom->word_size = 64;
4494 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CFG, 1, &eeprom_size);
4497 eeprom_size = (eeprom_size & EEPROM_SIZE_MASK) >> EEPROM_SIZE_SHIFT;
4498 /* 256B eeprom size was not supported in earlier hardware, so we
4499 * bump eeprom_size up one to ensure that "1" (which maps to 256B)
4500 * is never the result used in the shifting logic below. */
4504 eeprom_size = (uint16_t)((eecd & E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_MASK) >>
4505 E1000_EECD_SIZE_EX_SHIFT);
4508 eeprom->word_size = 1 << (eeprom_size + EEPROM_WORD_SIZE_SHIFT);
4513 /******************************************************************************
4514 * Raises the EEPROM's clock input.
4516 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4517 * eecd - EECD's current value
4518 *****************************************************************************/
4520 e1000_raise_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4523 /* Raise the clock input to the EEPROM (by setting the SK bit), and then
4524 * wait <delay> microseconds.
4526 *eecd = *eecd | E1000_EECD_SK;
4527 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
4528 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4529 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4532 /******************************************************************************
4533 * Lowers the EEPROM's clock input.
4535 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4536 * eecd - EECD's current value
4537 *****************************************************************************/
4539 e1000_lower_ee_clk(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4542 /* Lower the clock input to the EEPROM (by clearing the SK bit), and then
4543 * wait 50 microseconds.
4545 *eecd = *eecd & ~E1000_EECD_SK;
4546 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, *eecd);
4547 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4548 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4551 /******************************************************************************
4552 * Shift data bits out to the EEPROM.
4554 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4555 * data - data to send to the EEPROM
4556 * count - number of bits to shift out
4557 *****************************************************************************/
4559 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4563 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4567 /* We need to shift "count" bits out to the EEPROM. So, value in the
4568 * "data" parameter will be shifted out to the EEPROM one bit at a time.
4569 * In order to do this, "data" must be broken down into bits.
4571 mask = 0x01 << (count - 1);
4572 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4573 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4574 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DO;
4575 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4576 eecd |= E1000_EECD_DO;
4579 /* A "1" is shifted out to the EEPROM by setting bit "DI" to a "1",
4580 * and then raising and then lowering the clock (the SK bit controls
4581 * the clock input to the EEPROM). A "0" is shifted out to the EEPROM
4582 * by setting "DI" to "0" and then raising and then lowering the clock.
4584 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
4587 eecd |= E1000_EECD_DI;
4589 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4590 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4592 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4594 e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4595 e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4601 /* We leave the "DI" bit set to "0" when we leave this routine. */
4602 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_DI;
4603 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4606 /******************************************************************************
4607 * Shift data bits in from the EEPROM
4609 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4610 *****************************************************************************/
4612 e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4619 /* In order to read a register from the EEPROM, we need to shift 'count'
4620 * bits in from the EEPROM. Bits are "shifted in" by raising the clock
4621 * input to the EEPROM (setting the SK bit), and then reading the value of
4622 * the "DO" bit. During this "shifting in" process the "DI" bit should
4626 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4628 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DO | E1000_EECD_DI);
4631 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
4633 e1000_raise_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4635 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4637 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI);
4638 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO)
4641 e1000_lower_ee_clk(hw, &eecd);
4647 /******************************************************************************
4648 * Prepares EEPROM for access
4650 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4652 * Lowers EEPROM clock. Clears input pin. Sets the chip select pin. This
4653 * function should be called before issuing a command to the EEPROM.
4654 *****************************************************************************/
4656 e1000_acquire_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4658 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4661 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_acquire_eeprom");
4663 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
4664 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
4665 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4667 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573) {
4668 /* Request EEPROM Access */
4669 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
4670 eecd |= E1000_EECD_REQ;
4671 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4672 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4673 while ((!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) &&
4674 (i < E1000_EEPROM_GRANT_ATTEMPTS)) {
4677 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4679 if (!(eecd & E1000_EECD_GNT)) {
4680 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
4681 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4682 DEBUGOUT("Could not acquire EEPROM grant\n");
4683 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
4684 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4689 /* Setup EEPROM for Read/Write */
4691 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4692 /* Clear SK and DI */
4693 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_DI | E1000_EECD_SK);
4694 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4697 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
4698 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4699 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4700 /* Clear SK and CS */
4701 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
4702 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4706 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4709 /******************************************************************************
4710 * Returns EEPROM to a "standby" state
4712 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4713 *****************************************************************************/
4715 e1000_standby_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4717 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4720 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4722 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4723 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_SK);
4724 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4725 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4726 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4729 eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
4730 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4731 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4732 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4735 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
4736 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4737 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4738 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4741 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
4742 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4743 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4744 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4745 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4746 /* Toggle CS to flush commands */
4747 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS;
4748 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4749 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4750 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4751 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_CS;
4752 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4753 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4754 udelay(eeprom->delay_usec);
4758 /******************************************************************************
4759 * Terminates a command by inverting the EEPROM's chip select pin
4761 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4762 *****************************************************************************/
4764 e1000_release_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4768 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_eeprom");
4770 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
4772 if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4773 eecd |= E1000_EECD_CS; /* Pull CS high */
4774 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK; /* Lower SCK */
4776 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4778 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4779 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4780 /* cleanup eeprom */
4782 /* CS on Microwire is active-high */
4783 eecd &= ~(E1000_EECD_CS | E1000_EECD_DI);
4785 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4787 /* Rising edge of clock */
4788 eecd |= E1000_EECD_SK;
4789 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4790 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4791 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4793 /* Falling edge of clock */
4794 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_SK;
4795 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4796 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
4797 udelay(hw->eeprom.delay_usec);
4800 /* Stop requesting EEPROM access */
4801 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82544) {
4802 eecd &= ~E1000_EECD_REQ;
4803 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd);
4806 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
4809 /******************************************************************************
4810 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
4812 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4813 *****************************************************************************/
4815 e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(struct e1000_hw *hw)
4817 uint16_t retry_count = 0;
4818 uint8_t spi_stat_reg;
4820 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_spi_eeprom_ready");
4822 /* Read "Status Register" repeatedly until the LSB is cleared. The
4823 * EEPROM will signal that the command has been completed by clearing
4824 * bit 0 of the internal status register. If it's not cleared within
4825 * 5 milliseconds, then error out.
4829 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_RDSR_OPCODE_SPI,
4830 hw->eeprom.opcode_bits);
4831 spi_stat_reg = (uint8_t)e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 8);
4832 if (!(spi_stat_reg & EEPROM_STATUS_RDY_SPI))
4838 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4839 } while (retry_count < EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI);
4841 /* ATMEL SPI write time could vary from 0-20mSec on 3.3V devices (and
4842 * only 0-5mSec on 5V devices)
4844 if (retry_count >= EEPROM_MAX_RETRY_SPI) {
4845 DEBUGOUT("SPI EEPROM Status error\n");
4846 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4849 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4852 /******************************************************************************
4853 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM.
4855 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4856 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
4857 * data - word read from the EEPROM
4858 * words - number of words to read
4859 *****************************************************************************/
4861 e1000_read_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4866 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
4870 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_eeprom");
4872 /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
4875 if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
4877 DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
4878 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4881 /* FLASH reads without acquiring the semaphore are safe */
4882 if (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE &&
4883 hw->eeprom.use_eerd == FALSE) {
4884 switch (hw->mac_type) {
4885 case e1000_80003es2lan:
4888 /* Prepare the EEPROM for reading */
4889 if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
4890 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4895 if (eeprom->use_eerd == TRUE) {
4896 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(hw, offset, words, data);
4897 if ((e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == TRUE) ||
4898 (hw->mac_type != e1000_82573))
4899 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
4903 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
4904 return e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
4906 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_spi) {
4908 uint8_t read_opcode = EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_SPI;
4910 if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) {
4911 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
4912 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
4915 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4917 /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
4918 if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
4919 read_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
4921 /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
4922 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, read_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
4923 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset*2), eeprom->address_bits);
4925 /* Read the data. The address of the eeprom internally increments with
4926 * each byte (spi) being read, saving on the overhead of eeprom setup
4927 * and tear-down. The address counter will roll over if reading beyond
4928 * the size of the eeprom, thus allowing the entire memory to be read
4929 * starting from any offset. */
4930 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
4931 word_in = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
4932 data[i] = (word_in >> 8) | (word_in << 8);
4934 } else if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
4935 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
4936 /* Send the READ command (opcode + addr) */
4937 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_READ_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
4938 eeprom->opcode_bits);
4939 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + i),
4940 eeprom->address_bits);
4942 /* Read the data. For microwire, each word requires the overhead
4943 * of eeprom setup and tear-down. */
4944 data[i] = e1000_shift_in_ee_bits(hw, 16);
4945 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
4949 /* End this read operation */
4950 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
4952 return E1000_SUCCESS;
4955 /******************************************************************************
4956 * Reads a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EERD register.
4958 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4959 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
4960 * data - word read from the EEPROM
4961 * words - number of words to read
4962 *****************************************************************************/
4964 e1000_read_eeprom_eerd(struct e1000_hw *hw,
4969 uint32_t i, eerd = 0;
4972 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
4973 eerd = ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) +
4974 E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
4976 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EERD, eerd);
4977 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ);
4982 data[i] = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD) >> E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA);
4989 /******************************************************************************
4990 * Writes a 16 bit word from the EEPROM using the EEWR register.
4992 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
4993 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
4994 * data - word read from the EEPROM
4995 * words - number of words to read
4996 *****************************************************************************/
4998 e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5003 uint32_t register_value = 0;
5007 if (e1000_swfw_sync_acquire(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM))
5008 return -E1000_ERR_SWFW_SYNC;
5010 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
5011 register_value = (data[i] << E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DATA) |
5012 ((offset+i) << E1000_EEPROM_RW_ADDR_SHIFT) |
5013 E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_START;
5015 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
5020 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EEWR, register_value);
5022 error = e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(hw, E1000_EEPROM_POLL_WRITE);
5029 e1000_swfw_sync_release(hw, E1000_SWFW_EEP_SM);
5033 /******************************************************************************
5034 * Polls the status bit (bit 1) of the EERD to determine when the read is done.
5036 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5037 *****************************************************************************/
5039 e1000_poll_eerd_eewr_done(struct e1000_hw *hw, int eerd)
5041 uint32_t attempts = 100000;
5042 uint32_t i, reg = 0;
5043 int32_t done = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5045 for (i = 0; i < attempts; i++) {
5046 if (eerd == E1000_EEPROM_POLL_READ)
5047 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EERD);
5049 reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEWR);
5051 if (reg & E1000_EEPROM_RW_REG_DONE) {
5052 done = E1000_SUCCESS;
5061 /***************************************************************************
5062 * Description: Determines if the onboard NVM is FLASH or EEPROM.
5064 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5065 ****************************************************************************/
5067 e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5071 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom");
5073 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5076 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
5077 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5079 /* Isolate bits 15 & 16 */
5080 eecd = ((eecd >> 15) & 0x03);
5082 /* If both bits are set, device is Flash type */
5090 /******************************************************************************
5091 * Verifies that the EEPROM has a valid checksum
5093 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5095 * Reads the first 64 16 bit words of the EEPROM and sums the values read.
5096 * If the the sum of the 64 16 bit words is 0xBABA, the EEPROM's checksum is
5098 *****************************************************************************/
5100 e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5102 uint16_t checksum = 0;
5103 uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
5105 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_validate_eeprom_checksum");
5107 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
5108 (e1000_is_onboard_nvm_eeprom(hw) == FALSE)) {
5109 /* Check bit 4 of word 10h. If it is 0, firmware is done updating
5110 * 10h-12h. Checksum may need to be fixed. */
5111 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x10, 1, &eeprom_data);
5112 if ((eeprom_data & 0x10) == 0) {
5113 /* Read 0x23 and check bit 15. This bit is a 1 when the checksum
5114 * has already been fixed. If the checksum is still wrong and this
5115 * bit is a 1, we need to return bad checksum. Otherwise, we need
5116 * to set this bit to a 1 and update the checksum. */
5117 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
5118 if ((eeprom_data & 0x8000) == 0) {
5119 eeprom_data |= 0x8000;
5120 e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x23, 1, &eeprom_data);
5121 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
5126 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5127 /* Drivers must allocate the shadow ram structure for the
5128 * EEPROM checksum to be updated. Otherwise, this bit as well
5129 * as the checksum must both be set correctly for this
5130 * validation to pass.
5132 e1000_read_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
5133 if ((eeprom_data & 0x40) == 0) {
5134 eeprom_data |= 0x40;
5135 e1000_write_eeprom(hw, 0x19, 1, &eeprom_data);
5136 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(hw);
5140 for (i = 0; i < (EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG + 1); i++) {
5141 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
5142 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
5143 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5145 checksum += eeprom_data;
5148 if (checksum == (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM)
5149 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5151 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Checksum Invalid\n");
5152 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5156 /******************************************************************************
5157 * Calculates the EEPROM checksum and writes it to the EEPROM
5159 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5161 * Sums the first 63 16 bit words of the EEPROM. Subtracts the sum from 0xBABA.
5162 * Writes the difference to word offset 63 of the EEPROM.
5163 *****************************************************************************/
5165 e1000_update_eeprom_checksum(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5168 uint16_t checksum = 0;
5169 uint16_t i, eeprom_data;
5171 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_eeprom_checksum");
5173 for (i = 0; i < EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG; i++) {
5174 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, i, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
5175 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
5176 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5178 checksum += eeprom_data;
5180 checksum = (uint16_t) EEPROM_SUM - checksum;
5181 if (e1000_write_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_CHECKSUM_REG, 1, &checksum) < 0) {
5182 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write Error\n");
5183 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5184 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_flash) {
5185 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
5186 } else if (hw->eeprom.type == e1000_eeprom_ich8) {
5187 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(hw);
5188 /* Reload the EEPROM, or else modifications will not appear
5189 * until after next adapter reset. */
5190 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
5191 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_EE_RST;
5192 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
5195 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5198 /******************************************************************************
5199 * Parent function for writing words to the different EEPROM types.
5201 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5202 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
5203 * words - number of words to write
5204 * data - 16 bit word to be written to the EEPROM
5206 * If e1000_update_eeprom_checksum is not called after this function, the
5207 * EEPROM will most likely contain an invalid checksum.
5208 *****************************************************************************/
5210 e1000_write_eeprom(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5215 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
5218 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom");
5220 /* A check for invalid values: offset too large, too many words, and not
5223 if ((offset >= eeprom->word_size) || (words > eeprom->word_size - offset) ||
5225 DEBUGOUT("\"words\" parameter out of bounds\n");
5226 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5229 /* 82573 writes only through eewr */
5230 if (eeprom->use_eewr == TRUE)
5231 return e1000_write_eeprom_eewr(hw, offset, words, data);
5233 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_ich8)
5234 return e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(hw, offset, words, data);
5236 /* Prepare the EEPROM for writing */
5237 if (e1000_acquire_eeprom(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
5238 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5240 if (eeprom->type == e1000_eeprom_microwire) {
5241 status = e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(hw, offset, words, data);
5243 status = e1000_write_eeprom_spi(hw, offset, words, data);
5247 /* Done with writing */
5248 e1000_release_eeprom(hw);
5253 /******************************************************************************
5254 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in an SPI EEPROM.
5256 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5257 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
5258 * words - number of words to write
5259 * data - pointer to array of 8 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
5261 *****************************************************************************/
5263 e1000_write_eeprom_spi(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5268 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
5271 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_spi");
5273 while (widx < words) {
5274 uint8_t write_opcode = EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_SPI;
5276 if (e1000_spi_eeprom_ready(hw)) return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5278 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5280 /* Send the WRITE ENABLE command (8 bit opcode ) */
5281 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WREN_OPCODE_SPI,
5282 eeprom->opcode_bits);
5284 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5286 /* Some SPI eeproms use the 8th address bit embedded in the opcode */
5287 if ((eeprom->address_bits == 8) && (offset >= 128))
5288 write_opcode |= EEPROM_A8_OPCODE_SPI;
5290 /* Send the Write command (8-bit opcode + addr) */
5291 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, write_opcode, eeprom->opcode_bits);
5293 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)((offset + widx)*2),
5294 eeprom->address_bits);
5298 /* Loop to allow for up to whole page write (32 bytes) of eeprom */
5299 while (widx < words) {
5300 uint16_t word_out = data[widx];
5301 word_out = (word_out >> 8) | (word_out << 8);
5302 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, word_out, 16);
5305 /* Some larger eeprom sizes are capable of a 32-byte PAGE WRITE
5306 * operation, while the smaller eeproms are capable of an 8-byte
5307 * PAGE WRITE operation. Break the inner loop to pass new address
5309 if ((((offset + widx)*2) % eeprom->page_size) == 0) {
5310 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5316 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5319 /******************************************************************************
5320 * Writes a 16 bit word to a given offset in a Microwire EEPROM.
5322 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5323 * offset - offset within the EEPROM to be written to
5324 * words - number of words to write
5325 * data - pointer to array of 16 bit words to be written to the EEPROM
5327 *****************************************************************************/
5329 e1000_write_eeprom_microwire(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5334 struct e1000_eeprom_info *eeprom = &hw->eeprom;
5336 uint16_t words_written = 0;
5339 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_eeprom_microwire");
5341 /* Send the write enable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
5342 * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 11). It's less work to include
5343 * the 11 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
5344 * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This puts the
5345 * EEPROM into write/erase mode.
5347 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWEN_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5348 (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
5350 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
5352 /* Prepare the EEPROM */
5353 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5355 while (words_written < words) {
5356 /* Send the Write command (3-bit opcode + addr) */
5357 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_WRITE_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5358 eeprom->opcode_bits);
5360 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, (uint16_t)(offset + words_written),
5361 eeprom->address_bits);
5364 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, data[words_written], 16);
5366 /* Toggle the CS line. This in effect tells the EEPROM to execute
5367 * the previous command.
5369 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5371 /* Read DO repeatedly until it is high (equal to '1'). The EEPROM will
5372 * signal that the command has been completed by raising the DO signal.
5373 * If DO does not go high in 10 milliseconds, then error out.
5375 for (i = 0; i < 200; i++) {
5376 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5377 if (eecd & E1000_EECD_DO) break;
5381 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Write did not complete\n");
5382 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5385 /* Recover from write */
5386 e1000_standby_eeprom(hw);
5391 /* Send the write disable command to the EEPROM (3-bit opcode plus
5392 * 6/8-bit dummy address beginning with 10). It's less work to include
5393 * the 10 of the dummy address as part of the opcode than it is to shift
5394 * it over the correct number of bits for the address. This takes the
5395 * EEPROM out of write/erase mode.
5397 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, EEPROM_EWDS_OPCODE_MICROWIRE,
5398 (uint16_t)(eeprom->opcode_bits + 2));
5400 e1000_shift_out_ee_bits(hw, 0, (uint16_t)(eeprom->address_bits - 2));
5402 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5405 /******************************************************************************
5406 * Flushes the cached eeprom to NVM. This is done by saving the modified values
5407 * in the eeprom cache and the non modified values in the currently active bank
5410 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5411 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
5412 * data - word read from the EEPROM
5413 * words - number of words to read
5414 *****************************************************************************/
5416 e1000_commit_shadow_ram(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5418 uint32_t attempts = 100000;
5422 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
5423 uint32_t old_bank_offset = 0;
5424 uint32_t new_bank_offset = 0;
5425 uint32_t sector_retries = 0;
5426 uint8_t low_byte = 0;
5427 uint8_t high_byte = 0;
5428 uint8_t temp_byte = 0;
5429 boolean_t sector_write_failed = FALSE;
5431 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
5432 /* The flop register will be used to determine if flash type is STM */
5433 flop = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FLOP);
5434 for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
5435 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5436 if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
5442 if (i == attempts) {
5443 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5446 /* If STM opcode located in bits 15:8 of flop, reset firmware */
5447 if ((flop & 0xFF00) == E1000_STM_OPCODE) {
5448 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, E1000_HICR_FW_RESET);
5451 /* Perform the flash update */
5452 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EECD, eecd | E1000_EECD_FLUPD);
5454 for (i=0; i < attempts; i++) {
5455 eecd = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD);
5456 if ((eecd & E1000_EECD_FLUPD) == 0) {
5462 if (i == attempts) {
5463 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5467 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan && hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
5468 /* We're writing to the opposite bank so if we're on bank 1,
5469 * write to bank 0 etc. We also need to erase the segment that
5470 * is going to be written */
5471 if (!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL)) {
5472 new_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
5473 old_bank_offset = 0;
5474 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 1);
5476 old_bank_offset = hw->flash_bank_size * 2;
5477 new_bank_offset = 0;
5478 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(hw, 0);
5482 sector_write_failed = FALSE;
5483 /* Loop for every byte in the shadow RAM,
5484 * which is in units of words. */
5485 for (i = 0; i < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS; i++) {
5486 /* Determine whether to write the value stored
5487 * in the other NVM bank or a modified value stored
5488 * in the shadow RAM */
5489 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified == TRUE) {
5490 low_byte = (uint8_t)hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word;
5491 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset,
5494 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5495 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset,
5497 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5498 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5500 (uint8_t)(hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word >> 8);
5501 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset + 1,
5505 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset,
5508 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5509 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset, low_byte);
5510 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5511 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5512 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, (i << 1) + old_bank_offset + 1,
5516 /* If the word is 0x13, then make sure the signature bits
5517 * (15:14) are 11b until the commit has completed.
5518 * This will allow us to write 10b which indicates the
5519 * signature is valid. We want to do this after the write
5520 * has completed so that we don't mark the segment valid
5521 * while the write is still in progress */
5522 if (i == E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD)
5523 high_byte = E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_MASK | high_byte;
5525 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5526 (i << 1) + new_bank_offset + 1, high_byte);
5527 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5528 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5530 if (sector_write_failed == FALSE) {
5531 /* Clear the now not used entry in the cache */
5532 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].modified = FALSE;
5533 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[i].eeprom_word = 0xFFFF;
5537 /* Don't bother writing the segment valid bits if sector
5538 * programming failed. */
5539 if (sector_write_failed == FALSE) {
5540 /* Finally validate the new segment by setting bit 15:14
5541 * to 10b in word 0x13 , this can be done without an
5542 * erase as well since these bits are 11 to start with
5543 * and we need to change bit 14 to 0b */
5544 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw,
5545 E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset,
5548 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5549 E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + new_bank_offset,
5551 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5552 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5554 /* And invalidate the previously valid segment by setting
5555 * its signature word (0x13) high_byte to 0b. This can be
5556 * done without an erase because flash erase sets all bits
5557 * to 1's. We can write 1's to 0's without an erase */
5558 error = e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(hw,
5559 E1000_ICH8_NVM_SIG_WORD * 2 + 1 + old_bank_offset,
5561 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
5562 sector_write_failed = TRUE;
5564 } while (++sector_retries < 10 && sector_write_failed == TRUE);
5570 /******************************************************************************
5571 * Reads the adapter's MAC address from the EEPROM and inverts the LSB for the
5572 * second function of dual function devices
5574 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5575 *****************************************************************************/
5577 e1000_read_mac_addr(struct e1000_hw * hw)
5580 uint16_t eeprom_data, i;
5582 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_mac_addr");
5584 for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i += 2) {
5586 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, offset, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
5587 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
5588 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
5590 hw->perm_mac_addr[i] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data & 0x00FF);
5591 hw->perm_mac_addr[i+1] = (uint8_t) (eeprom_data >> 8);
5594 switch (hw->mac_type) {
5598 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
5600 case e1000_80003es2lan:
5601 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
5602 hw->perm_mac_addr[5] ^= 0x01;
5606 for (i = 0; i < NODE_ADDRESS_SIZE; i++)
5607 hw->mac_addr[i] = hw->perm_mac_addr[i];
5608 return E1000_SUCCESS;
5611 /******************************************************************************
5612 * Initializes receive address filters.
5614 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5616 * Places the MAC address in receive address register 0 and clears the rest
5617 * of the receive addresss registers. Clears the multicast table. Assumes
5618 * the receiver is in reset when the routine is called.
5619 *****************************************************************************/
5621 e1000_init_rx_addrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5626 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_init_rx_addrs");
5628 /* Setup the receive address. */
5629 DEBUGOUT("Programming MAC Address into RAR[0]\n");
5631 e1000_rar_set(hw, hw->mac_addr, 0);
5633 rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
5635 /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
5636 * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
5637 * the other port. */
5638 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
5640 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5641 rar_num = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES_ICH8LAN;
5643 /* Zero out the other 15 receive addresses. */
5644 DEBUGOUT("Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
5645 for (i = 1; i < rar_num; i++) {
5646 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
5647 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5648 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
5649 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5653 /******************************************************************************
5654 * Updates the MAC's list of multicast addresses.
5656 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5657 * mc_addr_list - the list of new multicast addresses
5658 * mc_addr_count - number of addresses
5659 * pad - number of bytes between addresses in the list
5660 * rar_used_count - offset where to start adding mc addresses into the RAR's
5662 * The given list replaces any existing list. Clears the last 15 receive
5663 * address registers and the multicast table. Uses receive address registers
5664 * for the first 15 multicast addresses, and hashes the rest into the
5666 *****************************************************************************/
5669 e1000_mc_addr_list_update(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5670 uint8_t *mc_addr_list,
5671 uint32_t mc_addr_count,
5673 uint32_t rar_used_count)
5675 uint32_t hash_value;
5677 uint32_t num_rar_entry;
5678 uint32_t num_mta_entry;
5680 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_mc_addr_list_update");
5682 /* Set the new number of MC addresses that we are being requested to use. */
5683 hw->num_mc_addrs = mc_addr_count;
5685 /* Clear RAR[1-15] */
5686 DEBUGOUT(" Clearing RAR[1-15]\n");
5687 num_rar_entry = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES;
5688 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5689 num_rar_entry = E1000_RAR_ENTRIES_ICH8LAN;
5690 /* Reserve a spot for the Locally Administered Address to work around
5691 * an 82571 issue in which a reset on one port will reload the MAC on
5692 * the other port. */
5693 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82571) && (hw->laa_is_present == TRUE))
5696 for (i = rar_used_count; i < num_rar_entry; i++) {
5697 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (i << 1), 0);
5698 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5699 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((i << 1) + 1), 0);
5700 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5704 DEBUGOUT(" Clearing MTA\n");
5705 num_mta_entry = E1000_NUM_MTA_REGISTERS;
5706 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5707 num_mta_entry = E1000_NUM_MTA_REGISTERS_ICH8LAN;
5708 for (i = 0; i < num_mta_entry; i++) {
5709 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, i, 0);
5710 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5713 /* Add the new addresses */
5714 for (i = 0; i < mc_addr_count; i++) {
5715 DEBUGOUT(" Adding the multicast addresses:\n");
5716 DEBUGOUT7(" MC Addr #%d =%.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X %.2X\n", i,
5717 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)],
5718 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 1],
5719 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 2],
5720 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 3],
5721 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 4],
5722 mc_addr_list[i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad) + 5]);
5724 hash_value = e1000_hash_mc_addr(hw,
5726 (i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)));
5728 DEBUGOUT1(" Hash value = 0x%03X\n", hash_value);
5730 /* Place this multicast address in the RAR if there is room, *
5731 * else put it in the MTA
5733 if (rar_used_count < num_rar_entry) {
5735 mc_addr_list + (i * (ETH_LENGTH_OF_ADDRESS + pad)),
5739 e1000_mta_set(hw, hash_value);
5742 DEBUGOUT("MC Update Complete\n");
5746 /******************************************************************************
5747 * Hashes an address to determine its location in the multicast table
5749 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5750 * mc_addr - the multicast address to hash
5751 *****************************************************************************/
5753 e1000_hash_mc_addr(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5756 uint32_t hash_value = 0;
5758 /* The portion of the address that is used for the hash table is
5759 * determined by the mc_filter_type setting.
5761 switch (hw->mc_filter_type) {
5762 /* [0] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5]
5767 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5768 /* [47:38] i.e. 0x158 for above example address */
5769 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 6) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 2));
5771 /* [47:36] i.e. 0x563 for above example address */
5772 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
5776 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5777 /* [46:37] i.e. 0x2B1 for above example address */
5778 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 5) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 3));
5780 /* [46:35] i.e. 0xAC6 for above example address */
5781 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 3) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 5));
5785 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5786 /*[45:36] i.e. 0x163 for above example address */
5787 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 4) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 4));
5789 /* [45:34] i.e. 0x5D8 for above example address */
5790 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
5794 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
5795 /* [43:34] i.e. 0x18D for above example address */
5796 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4] >> 2) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 6));
5798 /* [43:32] i.e. 0x634 for above example address */
5799 hash_value = ((mc_addr[4]) | (((uint16_t) mc_addr[5]) << 8));
5804 hash_value &= 0xFFF;
5805 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5806 hash_value &= 0x3FF;
5811 /******************************************************************************
5812 * Sets the bit in the multicast table corresponding to the hash value.
5814 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5815 * hash_value - Multicast address hash value
5816 *****************************************************************************/
5818 e1000_mta_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5819 uint32_t hash_value)
5821 uint32_t hash_bit, hash_reg;
5825 /* The MTA is a register array of 128 32-bit registers.
5826 * It is treated like an array of 4096 bits. We want to set
5827 * bit BitArray[hash_value]. So we figure out what register
5828 * the bit is in, read it, OR in the new bit, then write
5829 * back the new value. The register is determined by the
5830 * upper 7 bits of the hash value and the bit within that
5831 * register are determined by the lower 5 bits of the value.
5833 hash_reg = (hash_value >> 5) & 0x7F;
5834 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5836 hash_bit = hash_value & 0x1F;
5838 mta = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg);
5840 mta |= (1 << hash_bit);
5842 /* If we are on an 82544 and we are trying to write an odd offset
5843 * in the MTA, save off the previous entry before writing and
5844 * restore the old value after writing.
5846 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((hash_reg & 0x1) == 1)) {
5847 temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1));
5848 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
5849 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5850 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, (hash_reg - 1), temp);
5851 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5853 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, MTA, hash_reg, mta);
5854 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5858 /******************************************************************************
5859 * Puts an ethernet address into a receive address register.
5861 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5862 * addr - Address to put into receive address register
5863 * index - Receive address register to write
5864 *****************************************************************************/
5866 e1000_rar_set(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5870 uint32_t rar_low, rar_high;
5872 /* HW expects these in little endian so we reverse the byte order
5873 * from network order (big endian) to little endian
5875 rar_low = ((uint32_t) addr[0] |
5876 ((uint32_t) addr[1] << 8) |
5877 ((uint32_t) addr[2] << 16) | ((uint32_t) addr[3] << 24));
5878 rar_high = ((uint32_t) addr[4] | ((uint32_t) addr[5] << 8));
5880 /* Disable Rx and flush all Rx frames before enabling RSS to avoid Rx
5884 * If there are any Rx frames queued up or otherwise present in the HW
5885 * before RSS is enabled, and then we enable RSS, the HW Rx unit will
5886 * hang. To work around this issue, we have to disable receives and
5887 * flush out all Rx frames before we enable RSS. To do so, we modify we
5888 * redirect all Rx traffic to manageability and then reset the HW.
5889 * This flushes away Rx frames, and (since the redirections to
5890 * manageability persists across resets) keeps new ones from coming in
5891 * while we work. Then, we clear the Address Valid AV bit for all MAC
5892 * addresses and undo the re-direction to manageability.
5893 * Now, frames are coming in again, but the MAC won't accept them, so
5894 * far so good. We now proceed to initialize RSS (if necessary) and
5895 * configure the Rx unit. Last, we re-enable the AV bits and continue
5898 switch (hw->mac_type) {
5901 case e1000_80003es2lan:
5902 if (hw->leave_av_bit_off == TRUE)
5905 /* Indicate to hardware the Address is Valid. */
5906 rar_high |= E1000_RAH_AV;
5910 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, (index << 1), rar_low);
5911 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5912 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, RA, ((index << 1) + 1), rar_high);
5913 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5916 /******************************************************************************
5917 * Writes a value to the specified offset in the VLAN filter table.
5919 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5920 * offset - Offset in VLAN filer table to write
5921 * value - Value to write into VLAN filter table
5922 *****************************************************************************/
5924 e1000_write_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw,
5930 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5933 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82544) && ((offset & 0x1) == 1)) {
5934 temp = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1));
5935 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
5936 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5937 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, (offset - 1), temp);
5938 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5940 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, value);
5941 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5945 /******************************************************************************
5946 * Clears the VLAN filer table
5948 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
5949 *****************************************************************************/
5951 e1000_clear_vfta(struct e1000_hw *hw)
5954 uint32_t vfta_value = 0;
5955 uint32_t vfta_offset = 0;
5956 uint32_t vfta_bit_in_reg = 0;
5958 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
5961 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) {
5962 if (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id != 0) {
5963 /* The VFTA is a 4096b bit-field, each identifying a single VLAN
5964 * ID. The following operations determine which 32b entry
5965 * (i.e. offset) into the array we want to set the VLAN ID
5966 * (i.e. bit) of the manageability unit. */
5967 vfta_offset = (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id >>
5968 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_SHIFT) &
5969 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_MASK;
5970 vfta_bit_in_reg = 1 << (hw->mng_cookie.vlan_id &
5971 E1000_VFTA_ENTRY_BIT_SHIFT_MASK);
5974 for (offset = 0; offset < E1000_VLAN_FILTER_TBL_SIZE; offset++) {
5975 /* If the offset we want to clear is the same offset of the
5976 * manageability VLAN ID, then clear all bits except that of the
5977 * manageability unit */
5978 vfta_value = (offset == vfta_offset) ? vfta_bit_in_reg : 0;
5979 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY(hw, VFTA, offset, vfta_value);
5980 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
5985 e1000_id_led_init(struct e1000_hw * hw)
5988 const uint32_t ledctl_mask = 0x000000FF;
5989 const uint32_t ledctl_on = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON;
5990 const uint32_t ledctl_off = E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF;
5991 uint16_t eeprom_data, i, temp;
5992 const uint16_t led_mask = 0x0F;
5994 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_init");
5996 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82540) {
5998 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6001 ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
6002 hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
6003 hw->ledctl_mode1 = hw->ledctl_default;
6004 hw->ledctl_mode2 = hw->ledctl_default;
6006 if (e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_ID_LED_SETTINGS, 1, &eeprom_data) < 0) {
6007 DEBUGOUT("EEPROM Read Error\n");
6008 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
6011 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82573) &&
6012 (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_82573))
6013 eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_82573;
6014 else if ((eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_0000) ||
6015 (eeprom_data == ID_LED_RESERVED_FFFF)) {
6016 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan)
6017 eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT_ICH8LAN;
6019 eeprom_data = ID_LED_DEFAULT;
6021 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
6022 temp = (eeprom_data >> (i << 2)) & led_mask;
6024 case ID_LED_ON1_DEF2:
6025 case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
6026 case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
6027 hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6028 hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
6030 case ID_LED_OFF1_DEF2:
6031 case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
6032 case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
6033 hw->ledctl_mode1 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6034 hw->ledctl_mode1 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
6041 case ID_LED_DEF1_ON2:
6042 case ID_LED_ON1_ON2:
6043 case ID_LED_OFF1_ON2:
6044 hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6045 hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_on << (i << 3);
6047 case ID_LED_DEF1_OFF2:
6048 case ID_LED_ON1_OFF2:
6049 case ID_LED_OFF1_OFF2:
6050 hw->ledctl_mode2 &= ~(ledctl_mask << (i << 3));
6051 hw->ledctl_mode2 |= ledctl_off << (i << 3);
6058 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6061 /******************************************************************************
6062 * Prepares SW controlable LED for use and saves the current state of the LED.
6064 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6065 *****************************************************************************/
6067 e1000_setup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6070 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
6072 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_setup_led");
6074 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6075 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6076 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6079 /* No setup necessary */
6083 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
6084 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
6085 /* Turn off PHY Smart Power Down (if enabled) */
6086 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
6087 &hw->phy_spd_default);
6090 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
6091 (uint16_t)(hw->phy_spd_default &
6092 ~IGP01E1000_GMII_SPD));
6097 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6098 ledctl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LEDCTL);
6099 /* Save current LEDCTL settings */
6100 hw->ledctl_default = ledctl;
6102 ledctl &= ~(E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_IVRT |
6103 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
6104 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_MASK);
6105 ledctl |= (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_OFF <<
6106 E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
6107 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl);
6108 } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)
6109 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
6113 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6117 /******************************************************************************
6118 * Used on 82571 and later Si that has LED blink bits.
6119 * Callers must use their own timer and should have already called
6120 * e1000_id_led_init()
6121 * Call e1000_cleanup led() to stop blinking
6123 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6124 *****************************************************************************/
6126 e1000_blink_led_start(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6129 uint32_t ledctl_blink = 0;
6131 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_id_led_blink_on");
6133 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82571) {
6135 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6137 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6138 /* always blink LED0 for PCI-E fiber */
6139 ledctl_blink = E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK |
6140 (E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON << E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_MODE_SHIFT);
6142 /* set the blink bit for each LED that's "on" (0x0E) in ledctl_mode2 */
6143 ledctl_blink = hw->ledctl_mode2;
6144 for (i=0; i < 4; i++)
6145 if (((hw->ledctl_mode2 >> (i * 8)) & 0xFF) ==
6146 E1000_LEDCTL_MODE_LED_ON)
6147 ledctl_blink |= (E1000_LEDCTL_LED0_BLINK << (i * 8));
6150 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, ledctl_blink);
6152 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6155 /******************************************************************************
6156 * Restores the saved state of the SW controlable LED.
6158 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6159 *****************************************************************************/
6161 e1000_cleanup_led(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6163 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
6165 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_cleanup_led");
6167 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6168 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6169 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6172 /* No cleanup necessary */
6176 case e1000_82541_rev_2:
6177 case e1000_82547_rev_2:
6178 /* Turn on PHY Smart Power Down (if previously enabled) */
6179 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO,
6180 hw->phy_spd_default);
6185 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6186 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED, 0);
6189 /* Restore LEDCTL settings */
6190 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_default);
6194 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6197 /******************************************************************************
6198 * Turns on the software controllable LED
6200 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6201 *****************************************************************************/
6203 e1000_led_on(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6205 uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
6207 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_on");
6209 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6210 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6211 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6213 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6214 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6215 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6218 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6219 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6220 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6221 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6223 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6224 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6225 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6229 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6230 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn on the LED */
6231 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6232 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6233 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6234 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
6235 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_ON));
6236 } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
6237 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode2);
6238 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6243 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
6245 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6248 /******************************************************************************
6249 * Turns off the software controllable LED
6251 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6252 *****************************************************************************/
6254 e1000_led_off(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6256 uint32_t ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
6258 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_led_off");
6260 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6261 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6262 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6264 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6265 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6266 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6269 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6270 /* Clear SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6271 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6272 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6274 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6275 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6276 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6280 if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_fiber) {
6281 /* Set SW Defineable Pin 0 to turn off the LED */
6282 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIN0;
6283 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_SWDPIO0;
6284 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6285 e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL_LED,
6286 (IFE_PSCL_PROBE_MODE | IFE_PSCL_PROBE_LEDS_OFF));
6287 } else if (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper) {
6288 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, LEDCTL, hw->ledctl_mode1);
6289 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6294 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
6296 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6299 /******************************************************************************
6300 * Clears all hardware statistics counters.
6302 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6303 *****************************************************************************/
6305 e1000_clear_hw_cntrs(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6307 volatile uint32_t temp;
6309 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CRCERRS);
6310 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SYMERRS);
6311 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPC);
6312 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SCC);
6313 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ECOL);
6314 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MCC);
6315 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, LATECOL);
6316 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, COLC);
6317 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, DC);
6318 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SEC);
6319 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RLEC);
6320 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONRXC);
6321 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XONTXC);
6322 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFRXC);
6323 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, XOFFTXC);
6324 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FCRUC);
6326 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
6327 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC64);
6328 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC127);
6329 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC255);
6330 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC511);
6331 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1023);
6332 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PRC1522);
6335 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPRC);
6336 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPRC);
6337 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPRC);
6338 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GPTC);
6339 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCL);
6340 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GORCH);
6341 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCL);
6342 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GOTCH);
6343 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RNBC);
6344 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RUC);
6345 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RFC);
6346 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ROC);
6347 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RJC);
6348 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORL);
6349 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TORH);
6350 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTL);
6351 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TOTH);
6352 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPR);
6353 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TPT);
6355 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_ich8lan) {
6356 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC64);
6357 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC127);
6358 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC255);
6359 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC511);
6360 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1023);
6361 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PTC1522);
6364 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MPTC);
6365 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, BPTC);
6367 if (hw->mac_type < e1000_82543) return;
6369 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ALGNERRC);
6370 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, RXERRC);
6371 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TNCRS);
6372 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CEXTERR);
6373 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTC);
6374 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, TSCTFC);
6376 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82544) return;
6378 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPRC);
6379 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPDC);
6380 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MGTPTC);
6382 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2) return;
6384 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, IAC);
6385 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXOC);
6387 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) return;
6389 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXPTC);
6390 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXATC);
6391 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXPTC);
6392 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXATC);
6393 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQEC);
6394 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICTXQMTC);
6395 temp = E1000_READ_REG(hw, ICRXDMTC);
6398 /******************************************************************************
6399 * Resets Adaptive IFS to its default state.
6401 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6403 * Call this after e1000_init_hw. You may override the IFS defaults by setting
6404 * hw->ifs_params_forced to TRUE. However, you must initialize hw->
6405 * current_ifs_val, ifs_min_val, ifs_max_val, ifs_step_size, and ifs_ratio
6406 * before calling this function.
6407 *****************************************************************************/
6409 e1000_reset_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6411 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_reset_adaptive");
6413 if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
6414 if (!hw->ifs_params_forced) {
6415 hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
6416 hw->ifs_min_val = IFS_MIN;
6417 hw->ifs_max_val = IFS_MAX;
6418 hw->ifs_step_size = IFS_STEP;
6419 hw->ifs_ratio = IFS_RATIO;
6421 hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
6422 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
6424 DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
6428 /******************************************************************************
6429 * Called during the callback/watchdog routine to update IFS value based on
6430 * the ratio of transmits to collisions.
6432 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6433 * tx_packets - Number of transmits since last callback
6434 * total_collisions - Number of collisions since last callback
6435 *****************************************************************************/
6437 e1000_update_adaptive(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6439 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_update_adaptive");
6441 if (hw->adaptive_ifs) {
6442 if ((hw->collision_delta * hw->ifs_ratio) > hw->tx_packet_delta) {
6443 if (hw->tx_packet_delta > MIN_NUM_XMITS) {
6444 hw->in_ifs_mode = TRUE;
6445 if (hw->current_ifs_val < hw->ifs_max_val) {
6446 if (hw->current_ifs_val == 0)
6447 hw->current_ifs_val = hw->ifs_min_val;
6449 hw->current_ifs_val += hw->ifs_step_size;
6450 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, hw->current_ifs_val);
6454 if (hw->in_ifs_mode && (hw->tx_packet_delta <= MIN_NUM_XMITS)) {
6455 hw->current_ifs_val = 0;
6456 hw->in_ifs_mode = FALSE;
6457 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, AIT, 0);
6461 DEBUGOUT("Not in Adaptive IFS mode!\n");
6465 /******************************************************************************
6466 * Adjusts the statistic counters when a frame is accepted by TBI_ACCEPT
6468 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6469 * frame_len - The length of the frame in question
6470 * mac_addr - The Ethernet destination address of the frame in question
6471 *****************************************************************************/
6473 e1000_tbi_adjust_stats(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6474 struct e1000_hw_stats *stats,
6480 /* First adjust the frame length. */
6482 /* We need to adjust the statistics counters, since the hardware
6483 * counters overcount this packet as a CRC error and undercount
6484 * the packet as a good packet
6486 /* This packet should not be counted as a CRC error. */
6488 /* This packet does count as a Good Packet Received. */
6491 /* Adjust the Good Octets received counters */
6492 carry_bit = 0x80000000 & stats->gorcl;
6493 stats->gorcl += frame_len;
6494 /* If the high bit of Gorcl (the low 32 bits of the Good Octets
6495 * Received Count) was one before the addition,
6496 * AND it is zero after, then we lost the carry out,
6497 * need to add one to Gorch (Good Octets Received Count High).
6498 * This could be simplified if all environments supported
6501 if (carry_bit && ((stats->gorcl & 0x80000000) == 0))
6503 /* Is this a broadcast or multicast? Check broadcast first,
6504 * since the test for a multicast frame will test positive on
6505 * a broadcast frame.
6507 if ((mac_addr[0] == (uint8_t) 0xff) && (mac_addr[1] == (uint8_t) 0xff))
6508 /* Broadcast packet */
6510 else if (*mac_addr & 0x01)
6511 /* Multicast packet */
6514 if (frame_len == hw->max_frame_size) {
6515 /* In this case, the hardware has overcounted the number of
6522 /* Adjust the bin counters when the extra byte put the frame in the
6523 * wrong bin. Remember that the frame_len was adjusted above.
6525 if (frame_len == 64) {
6528 } else if (frame_len == 127) {
6531 } else if (frame_len == 255) {
6534 } else if (frame_len == 511) {
6537 } else if (frame_len == 1023) {
6540 } else if (frame_len == 1522) {
6545 /******************************************************************************
6546 * Gets the current PCI bus type, speed, and width of the hardware
6548 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6549 *****************************************************************************/
6551 e1000_get_bus_info(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6555 switch (hw->mac_type) {
6556 case e1000_82542_rev2_0:
6557 case e1000_82542_rev2_1:
6558 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_unknown;
6559 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_unknown;
6560 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_unknown;
6564 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
6565 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
6566 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_1;
6570 case e1000_80003es2lan:
6571 hw->bus_type = e1000_bus_type_pci_express;
6572 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_2500;
6573 hw->bus_width = e1000_bus_width_pciex_4;
6576 status = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
6577 hw->bus_type = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_MODE) ?
6578 e1000_bus_type_pcix : e1000_bus_type_pci;
6580 if (hw->device_id == E1000_DEV_ID_82546EB_QUAD_COPPER) {
6581 hw->bus_speed = (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) ?
6582 e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_120;
6583 } else if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_pci) {
6584 hw->bus_speed = (status & E1000_STATUS_PCI66) ?
6585 e1000_bus_speed_66 : e1000_bus_speed_33;
6587 switch (status & E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED) {
6588 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_66:
6589 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_66;
6591 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_100:
6592 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_100;
6594 case E1000_STATUS_PCIX_SPEED_133:
6595 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_133;
6598 hw->bus_speed = e1000_bus_speed_reserved;
6602 hw->bus_width = (status & E1000_STATUS_BUS64) ?
6603 e1000_bus_width_64 : e1000_bus_width_32;
6607 /******************************************************************************
6608 * Reads a value from one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed
6609 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
6611 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6612 * offset - offset to read from
6613 *****************************************************************************/
6616 e1000_read_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6619 unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
6620 unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
6622 e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
6623 return e1000_io_read(hw, io_data);
6627 /******************************************************************************
6628 * Writes a value to one of the devices registers using port I/O (as opposed to
6629 * memory mapped I/O). Only 82544 and newer devices support port I/O.
6631 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6632 * offset - offset to write to
6633 * value - value to write
6634 *****************************************************************************/
6636 e1000_write_reg_io(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6640 unsigned long io_addr = hw->io_base;
6641 unsigned long io_data = hw->io_base + 4;
6643 e1000_io_write(hw, io_addr, offset);
6644 e1000_io_write(hw, io_data, value);
6648 /******************************************************************************
6649 * Estimates the cable length.
6651 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6652 * min_length - The estimated minimum length
6653 * max_length - The estimated maximum length
6655 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
6658 * This function always returns a ranged length (minimum & maximum).
6659 * So for M88 phy's, this function interprets the one value returned from the
6660 * register to the minimum and maximum range.
6661 * For IGP phy's, the function calculates the range by the AGC registers.
6662 *****************************************************************************/
6664 e1000_get_cable_length(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6665 uint16_t *min_length,
6666 uint16_t *max_length)
6669 uint16_t agc_value = 0;
6670 uint16_t i, phy_data;
6671 uint16_t cable_length;
6673 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_cable_length");
6675 *min_length = *max_length = 0;
6677 /* Use old method for Phy older than IGP */
6678 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) {
6680 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
6684 cable_length = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH) >>
6685 M88E1000_PSSR_CABLE_LENGTH_SHIFT;
6687 /* Convert the enum value to ranged values */
6688 switch (cable_length) {
6689 case e1000_cable_length_50:
6691 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
6693 case e1000_cable_length_50_80:
6694 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_50;
6695 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
6697 case e1000_cable_length_80_110:
6698 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_80;
6699 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
6701 case e1000_cable_length_110_140:
6702 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_110;
6703 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
6705 case e1000_cable_length_140:
6706 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_140;
6707 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_170;
6710 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6713 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563) {
6714 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, GG82563_PHY_DSP_DISTANCE,
6718 cable_length = phy_data & GG82563_DSPD_CABLE_LENGTH;
6720 switch (cable_length) {
6721 case e1000_gg_cable_length_60:
6723 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
6725 case e1000_gg_cable_length_60_115:
6726 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_60;
6727 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
6729 case e1000_gg_cable_length_115_150:
6730 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_115;
6731 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
6733 case e1000_gg_cable_length_150:
6734 *min_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_150;
6735 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_180;
6738 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6741 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp) { /* For IGP PHY */
6742 uint16_t cur_agc_value;
6743 uint16_t min_agc_value = IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE;
6744 uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
6745 {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
6746 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
6747 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
6748 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
6749 /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
6750 for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
6752 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
6756 cur_agc_value = phy_data >> IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT;
6758 /* Value bound check. */
6759 if ((cur_agc_value >= IGP01E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1) ||
6760 (cur_agc_value == 0))
6761 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6763 agc_value += cur_agc_value;
6765 /* Update minimal AGC value. */
6766 if (min_agc_value > cur_agc_value)
6767 min_agc_value = cur_agc_value;
6770 /* Remove the minimal AGC result for length < 50m */
6771 if (agc_value < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM * e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
6772 agc_value -= min_agc_value;
6774 /* Get the average length of the remaining 3 channels */
6775 agc_value /= (IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 1);
6777 /* Get the average length of all the 4 channels. */
6778 agc_value /= IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM;
6781 /* Set the range of the calculated length. */
6782 *min_length = ((e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
6783 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
6784 (e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] -
6785 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
6786 *max_length = e1000_igp_cable_length_table[agc_value] +
6787 IGP01E1000_AGC_RANGE;
6788 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2 ||
6789 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3) {
6790 uint16_t cur_agc_index, max_agc_index = 0;
6791 uint16_t min_agc_index = IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE - 1;
6792 uint16_t agc_reg_array[IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
6793 {IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_A,
6794 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_B,
6795 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_C,
6796 IGP02E1000_PHY_AGC_D};
6797 /* Read the AGC registers for all channels */
6798 for (i = 0; i < IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
6799 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, agc_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
6803 /* Getting bits 15:9, which represent the combination of course and
6804 * fine gain values. The result is a number that can be put into
6805 * the lookup table to obtain the approximate cable length. */
6806 cur_agc_index = (phy_data >> IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_SHIFT) &
6807 IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_MASK;
6809 /* Array index bound check. */
6810 if ((cur_agc_index >= IGP02E1000_AGC_LENGTH_TABLE_SIZE) ||
6811 (cur_agc_index == 0))
6812 return -E1000_ERR_PHY;
6814 /* Remove min & max AGC values from calculation. */
6815 if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] >
6816 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
6817 min_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
6818 if (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index] <
6819 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index])
6820 max_agc_index = cur_agc_index;
6822 agc_value += e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[cur_agc_index];
6825 agc_value -= (e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[min_agc_index] +
6826 e1000_igp_2_cable_length_table[max_agc_index]);
6827 agc_value /= (IGP02E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM - 2);
6829 /* Calculate cable length with the error range of +/- 10 meters. */
6830 *min_length = ((agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) > 0) ?
6831 (agc_value - IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE) : 0;
6832 *max_length = agc_value + IGP02E1000_AGC_RANGE;
6835 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6838 /******************************************************************************
6839 * Check the cable polarity
6841 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6842 * polarity - output parameter : 0 - Polarity is not reversed
6843 * 1 - Polarity is reversed.
6845 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
6848 * For phy's older then IGP, this function simply reads the polarity bit in the
6849 * Phy Status register. For IGP phy's, this bit is valid only if link speed is
6850 * 10 Mbps. If the link speed is 100 Mbps there is no polarity so this bit will
6851 * return 0. If the link speed is 1000 Mbps the polarity status is in the
6852 * IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG.
6853 *****************************************************************************/
6855 e1000_check_polarity(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6856 e1000_rev_polarity *polarity)
6861 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_polarity");
6863 if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
6864 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
6865 /* return the Polarity bit in the Status register. */
6866 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
6870 *polarity = ((phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY) >>
6871 M88E1000_PSSR_REV_POLARITY_SHIFT) ?
6872 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6874 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
6875 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
6876 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
6877 /* Read the Status register to check the speed */
6878 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_STATUS,
6883 /* If speed is 1000 Mbps, must read the IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG to
6884 * find the polarity status */
6885 if ((phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_MASK) ==
6886 IGP01E1000_PSSR_SPEED_1000MBPS) {
6888 /* Read the GIG initialization PCS register (0x00B4) */
6889 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PCS_INIT_REG,
6894 /* Check the polarity bits */
6895 *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PHY_POLARITY_MASK) ?
6896 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6898 /* For 10 Mbps, read the polarity bit in the status register. (for
6899 * 100 Mbps this bit is always 0) */
6900 *polarity = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PSSR_POLARITY_REVERSED) ?
6901 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6903 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6904 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_EXTENDED_STATUS_CONTROL,
6908 *polarity = ((phy_data & IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED) >>
6909 IFE_PESC_POLARITY_REVERSED_SHIFT) ?
6910 e1000_rev_polarity_reversed : e1000_rev_polarity_normal;
6912 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6915 /******************************************************************************
6916 * Check if Downshift occured
6918 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6919 * downshift - output parameter : 0 - No Downshift ocured.
6920 * 1 - Downshift ocured.
6922 * returns: - E1000_ERR_XXX
6925 * For phy's older then IGP, this function reads the Downshift bit in the Phy
6926 * Specific Status register. For IGP phy's, it reads the Downgrade bit in the
6927 * Link Health register. In IGP this bit is latched high, so the driver must
6928 * read it immediately after link is established.
6929 *****************************************************************************/
6931 e1000_check_downshift(struct e1000_hw *hw)
6936 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_check_downshift");
6938 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp ||
6939 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_3 ||
6940 hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_igp_2) {
6941 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_LINK_HEALTH,
6946 hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & IGP01E1000_PLHR_SS_DOWNGRADE) ? 1 : 0;
6947 } else if ((hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_m88) ||
6948 (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_gg82563)) {
6949 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_SPEC_STATUS,
6954 hw->speed_downgraded = (phy_data & M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT) >>
6955 M88E1000_PSSR_DOWNSHIFT_SHIFT;
6956 } else if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
6957 /* e1000_phy_ife supports 10/100 speed only */
6958 hw->speed_downgraded = FALSE;
6961 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6964 /*****************************************************************************
6966 * 82541_rev_2 & 82547_rev_2 have the capability to configure the DSP when a
6967 * gigabit link is achieved to improve link quality.
6969 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
6971 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
6972 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
6974 ****************************************************************************/
6977 e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change(struct e1000_hw *hw,
6981 uint16_t phy_data, phy_saved_data, speed, duplex, i;
6982 uint16_t dsp_reg_array[IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM] =
6983 {IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_A,
6984 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_B,
6985 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_C,
6986 IGP01E1000_PHY_AGC_PARAM_D};
6987 uint16_t min_length, max_length;
6989 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_config_dsp_after_link_change");
6991 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp)
6992 return E1000_SUCCESS;
6995 ret_val = e1000_get_speed_and_duplex(hw, &speed, &duplex);
6997 DEBUGOUT("Error getting link speed and duplex\n");
7001 if (speed == SPEED_1000) {
7003 ret_val = e1000_get_cable_length(hw, &min_length, &max_length);
7007 if ((hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_enabled) &&
7008 min_length >= e1000_igp_cable_length_50) {
7010 for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
7011 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
7016 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
7018 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i],
7023 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_activated;
7026 if ((hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_enabled) &&
7027 (min_length < e1000_igp_cable_length_50)) {
7029 uint16_t ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_20;
7030 uint32_t idle_errs = 0;
7032 /* clear previous idle error counts */
7033 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
7038 for (i = 0; i < ffe_idle_err_timeout; i++) {
7040 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_1000T_STATUS,
7045 idle_errs += (phy_data & SR_1000T_IDLE_ERROR_CNT);
7046 if (idle_errs > SR_1000T_PHY_EXCESSIVE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT) {
7047 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_active;
7049 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,
7050 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
7051 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_CM_CP);
7058 ffe_idle_err_timeout = FFE_IDLE_ERR_COUNT_TIMEOUT_100;
7063 if (hw->dsp_config_state == e1000_dsp_config_activated) {
7064 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
7065 * the end of the routines. */
7066 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
7071 /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
7072 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
7079 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7080 IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
7083 for (i = 0; i < IGP01E1000_PHY_CHANNEL_NUM; i++) {
7084 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, dsp_reg_array[i], &phy_data);
7088 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_MU_INDEX;
7089 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PHY_EDAC_SIGN_EXT_9_BITS;
7091 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw,dsp_reg_array[i], phy_data);
7096 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7097 IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
7103 /* Now enable the transmitter */
7104 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
7109 hw->dsp_config_state = e1000_dsp_config_enabled;
7112 if (hw->ffe_config_state == e1000_ffe_config_active) {
7113 /* Save off the current value of register 0x2F5B to be restored at
7114 * the end of the routines. */
7115 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, &phy_saved_data);
7120 /* Disable the PHY transmitter */
7121 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, 0x0003);
7128 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7129 IGP01E1000_IEEE_FORCE_GIGA);
7132 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE,
7133 IGP01E1000_PHY_DSP_FFE_DEFAULT);
7137 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x0000,
7138 IGP01E1000_IEEE_RESTART_AUTONEG);
7144 /* Now enable the transmitter */
7145 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, 0x2F5B, phy_saved_data);
7150 hw->ffe_config_state = e1000_ffe_config_enabled;
7153 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7156 /*****************************************************************************
7157 * Set PHY to class A mode
7158 * Assumes the following operations will follow to enable the new class mode.
7159 * 1. Do a PHY soft reset
7160 * 2. Restart auto-negotiation or force link.
7162 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7163 ****************************************************************************/
7165 e1000_set_phy_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7168 uint16_t eeprom_data;
7170 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_phy_mode");
7172 if ((hw->mac_type == e1000_82545_rev_3) &&
7173 (hw->media_type == e1000_media_type_copper)) {
7174 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_WORD, 1, &eeprom_data);
7179 if ((eeprom_data != EEPROM_RESERVED_WORD) &&
7180 (eeprom_data & EEPROM_PHY_CLASS_A)) {
7181 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x000B);
7184 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x8104);
7188 hw->phy_reset_disable = FALSE;
7192 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7195 /*****************************************************************************
7197 * This function sets the lplu state according to the active flag. When
7198 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
7199 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
7200 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
7201 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7202 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
7204 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
7205 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
7207 ****************************************************************************/
7210 e1000_set_d3_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
7213 uint32_t phy_ctrl = 0;
7216 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d3_lplu_state");
7218 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_2
7219 && hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
7220 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7222 /* During driver activity LPLU should not be used or it will attain link
7223 * from the lowest speeds starting from 10Mbps. The capability is used for
7224 * Dx transitions and states */
7225 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 || hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
7226 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, &phy_data);
7229 } else if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7230 /* MAC writes into PHY register based on the state transition
7231 * and start auto-negotiation. SW driver can overwrite the settings
7232 * in CSR PHY power control E1000_PHY_CTRL register. */
7233 phy_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
7235 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
7241 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
7242 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
7243 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
7244 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
7248 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7249 phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
7250 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7252 phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
7253 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
7260 /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
7261 * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
7262 * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
7264 if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
7265 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7270 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7271 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7275 } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
7276 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7281 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7282 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7288 } else if ((hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_SPEED_DEFAULT) ||
7289 (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_ALL ) ||
7290 (hw->autoneg_advertised == AUTONEG_ADVERTISE_10_100_ALL)) {
7292 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82541_rev_2 ||
7293 hw->mac_type == e1000_82547_rev_2) {
7294 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_GMII_FLEX_SPD;
7295 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_GMII_FIFO, phy_data);
7299 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7300 phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_NOND0A_LPLU;
7301 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7303 phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D3_LPLU;
7304 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT,
7311 /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
7312 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
7316 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7317 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
7322 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7325 /*****************************************************************************
7327 * This function sets the lplu d0 state according to the active flag. When
7328 * activating lplu this function also disables smart speed and vise versa.
7329 * lplu will not be activated unless the device autonegotiation advertisment
7330 * meets standards of either 10 or 10/100 or 10/100/1000 at all duplexes.
7331 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7332 * active - true to enable lplu false to disable lplu.
7334 * returns: - E1000_ERR_PHY if fail to read/write the PHY
7335 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
7337 ****************************************************************************/
7340 e1000_set_d0_lplu_state(struct e1000_hw *hw,
7343 uint32_t phy_ctrl = 0;
7346 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_d0_lplu_state");
7348 if (hw->mac_type <= e1000_82547_rev_2)
7349 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7351 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7352 phy_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL);
7354 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, &phy_data);
7360 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7361 phy_ctrl &= ~E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
7362 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7364 phy_data &= ~IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
7365 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
7370 /* LPLU and SmartSpeed are mutually exclusive. LPLU is used during
7371 * Dx states where the power conservation is most important. During
7372 * driver activity we should enable SmartSpeed, so performance is
7374 if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_on) {
7375 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7380 phy_data |= IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7381 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7385 } else if (hw->smart_speed == e1000_smart_speed_off) {
7386 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7391 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7392 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG,
7401 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7402 phy_ctrl |= E1000_PHY_CTRL_D0A_LPLU;
7403 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_ctrl);
7405 phy_data |= IGP02E1000_PM_D0_LPLU;
7406 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP02E1000_PHY_POWER_MGMT, phy_data);
7411 /* When LPLU is enabled we should disable SmartSpeed */
7412 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, &phy_data);
7416 phy_data &= ~IGP01E1000_PSCFR_SMART_SPEED;
7417 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP01E1000_PHY_PORT_CONFIG, phy_data);
7422 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7425 /******************************************************************************
7426 * Change VCO speed register to improve Bit Error Rate performance of SERDES.
7428 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7429 *****************************************************************************/
7431 e1000_set_vco_speed(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7434 uint16_t default_page = 0;
7437 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_vco_speed");
7439 switch (hw->mac_type) {
7440 case e1000_82545_rev_3:
7441 case e1000_82546_rev_3:
7444 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7447 /* Set PHY register 30, page 5, bit 8 to 0 */
7449 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, &default_page);
7453 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0005);
7457 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
7461 phy_data &= ~M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT8;
7462 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
7466 /* Set PHY register 30, page 4, bit 11 to 1 */
7468 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0004);
7472 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, &phy_data);
7476 phy_data |= M88E1000_PHY_VCO_REG_BIT11;
7477 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, phy_data);
7481 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, default_page);
7485 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7489 /*****************************************************************************
7490 * This function reads the cookie from ARC ram.
7492 * returns: - E1000_SUCCESS .
7493 ****************************************************************************/
7495 e1000_host_if_read_cookie(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer)
7498 uint32_t offset = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_OFFSET;
7499 uint8_t length = E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH;
7501 length = (length >> 2);
7502 offset = (offset >> 2);
7504 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
7505 *((uint32_t *) buffer + i) =
7506 E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i);
7508 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7512 /*****************************************************************************
7513 * This function checks whether the HOST IF is enabled for command operaton
7514 * and also checks whether the previous command is completed.
7515 * It busy waits in case of previous command is not completed.
7517 * returns: - E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND in case if is not ready or
7519 * - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7520 ****************************************************************************/
7522 e1000_mng_enable_host_if(struct e1000_hw * hw)
7527 /* Check that the host interface is enabled. */
7528 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
7529 if ((hicr & E1000_HICR_EN) == 0) {
7530 DEBUGOUT("E1000_HOST_EN bit disabled.\n");
7531 return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
7533 /* check the previous command is completed */
7534 for (i = 0; i < E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
7535 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
7536 if (!(hicr & E1000_HICR_C))
7541 if (i == E1000_MNG_DHCP_COMMAND_TIMEOUT) {
7542 DEBUGOUT("Previous command timeout failed .\n");
7543 return -E1000_ERR_HOST_INTERFACE_COMMAND;
7545 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7548 /*****************************************************************************
7549 * This function writes the buffer content at the offset given on the host if.
7550 * It also does alignment considerations to do the writes in most efficient way.
7551 * Also fills up the sum of the buffer in *buffer parameter.
7553 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7554 ****************************************************************************/
7556 e1000_mng_host_if_write(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
7557 uint16_t length, uint16_t offset, uint8_t *sum)
7560 uint8_t *bufptr = buffer;
7562 uint16_t remaining, i, j, prev_bytes;
7564 /* sum = only sum of the data and it is not checksum */
7566 if (length == 0 || offset + length > E1000_HI_MAX_MNG_DATA_LENGTH) {
7567 return -E1000_ERR_PARAM;
7570 tmp = (uint8_t *)&data;
7571 prev_bytes = offset & 0x3;
7576 data = E1000_READ_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset);
7577 for (j = prev_bytes; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
7578 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
7581 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset, data);
7582 length -= j - prev_bytes;
7586 remaining = length & 0x3;
7587 length -= remaining;
7589 /* Calculate length in DWORDs */
7592 /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the
7594 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
7595 for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
7596 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
7600 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
7603 for (j = 0; j < sizeof(uint32_t); j++) {
7605 *(tmp + j) = *bufptr++;
7611 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, offset + i, data);
7614 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7618 /*****************************************************************************
7619 * This function writes the command header after does the checksum calculation.
7621 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7622 ****************************************************************************/
7624 e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(struct e1000_hw * hw,
7625 struct e1000_host_mng_command_header * hdr)
7631 /* Write the whole command header structure which includes sum of
7634 uint16_t length = sizeof(struct e1000_host_mng_command_header);
7636 sum = hdr->checksum;
7639 buffer = (uint8_t *) hdr;
7644 hdr->checksum = 0 - sum;
7647 /* The device driver writes the relevant command block into the ram area. */
7648 for (i = 0; i < length; i++) {
7649 E1000_WRITE_REG_ARRAY_DWORD(hw, HOST_IF, i, *((uint32_t *) hdr + i));
7650 E1000_WRITE_FLUSH(hw);
7653 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7657 /*****************************************************************************
7658 * This function indicates to ARC that a new command is pending which completes
7659 * one write operation by the driver.
7661 * returns - E1000_SUCCESS for success.
7662 ****************************************************************************/
7664 e1000_mng_write_commit(struct e1000_hw * hw)
7668 hicr = E1000_READ_REG(hw, HICR);
7669 /* Setting this bit tells the ARC that a new command is pending. */
7670 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, HICR, hicr | E1000_HICR_C);
7672 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7676 /*****************************************************************************
7677 * This function checks the mode of the firmware.
7679 * returns - TRUE when the mode is IAMT or FALSE.
7680 ****************************************************************************/
7682 e1000_check_mng_mode(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7686 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
7688 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
7689 if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
7690 (E1000_MNG_ICH_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
7692 } else if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
7693 (E1000_MNG_IAMT_MODE << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT))
7700 /*****************************************************************************
7701 * This function writes the dhcp info .
7702 ****************************************************************************/
7704 e1000_mng_write_dhcp_info(struct e1000_hw * hw, uint8_t *buffer,
7708 struct e1000_host_mng_command_header hdr;
7710 hdr.command_id = E1000_MNG_DHCP_TX_PAYLOAD_CMD;
7711 hdr.command_length = length;
7716 ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
7717 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7718 ret_val = e1000_mng_host_if_write(hw, buffer, length, sizeof(hdr),
7720 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7721 ret_val = e1000_mng_write_cmd_header(hw, &hdr);
7722 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS)
7723 ret_val = e1000_mng_write_commit(hw);
7730 /*****************************************************************************
7731 * This function calculates the checksum.
7733 * returns - checksum of buffer contents.
7734 ****************************************************************************/
7736 e1000_calculate_mng_checksum(char *buffer, uint32_t length)
7744 for (i=0; i < length; i++)
7747 return (uint8_t) (0 - sum);
7750 /*****************************************************************************
7751 * This function checks whether tx pkt filtering needs to be enabled or not.
7753 * returns - TRUE for packet filtering or FALSE.
7754 ****************************************************************************/
7756 e1000_enable_tx_pkt_filtering(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7758 /* called in init as well as watchdog timer functions */
7760 int32_t ret_val, checksum;
7761 boolean_t tx_filter = FALSE;
7762 struct e1000_host_mng_dhcp_cookie *hdr = &(hw->mng_cookie);
7763 uint8_t *buffer = (uint8_t *) &(hw->mng_cookie);
7765 if (e1000_check_mng_mode(hw)) {
7766 ret_val = e1000_mng_enable_host_if(hw);
7767 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7768 ret_val = e1000_host_if_read_cookie(hw, buffer);
7769 if (ret_val == E1000_SUCCESS) {
7770 checksum = hdr->checksum;
7772 if ((hdr->signature == E1000_IAMT_SIGNATURE) &&
7773 checksum == e1000_calculate_mng_checksum((char *)buffer,
7774 E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_LENGTH)) {
7776 E1000_MNG_DHCP_COOKIE_STATUS_PARSING_SUPPORT)
7785 hw->tx_pkt_filtering = tx_filter;
7789 /******************************************************************************
7790 * Verifies the hardware needs to allow ARPs to be processed by the host
7792 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7794 * returns: - TRUE/FALSE
7796 *****************************************************************************/
7798 e1000_enable_mng_pass_thru(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7801 uint32_t fwsm, factps;
7803 if (hw->asf_firmware_present) {
7804 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
7806 if (!(manc & E1000_MANC_RCV_TCO_EN) ||
7807 !(manc & E1000_MANC_EN_MAC_ADDR_FILTER))
7809 if (e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(hw) == TRUE) {
7810 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
7811 factps = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FACTPS);
7813 if (((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) ==
7814 (e1000_mng_mode_pt << E1000_FWSM_MODE_SHIFT)) &&
7815 (factps & E1000_FACTPS_MNGCG))
7818 if ((manc & E1000_MANC_SMBUS_EN) && !(manc & E1000_MANC_ASF_EN))
7825 e1000_polarity_reversal_workaround(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7828 uint16_t mii_status_reg;
7831 /* Polarity reversal workaround for forced 10F/10H links. */
7833 /* Disable the transmitter on the PHY */
7835 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
7838 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFFF);
7842 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
7846 /* This loop will early-out if the NO link condition has been met. */
7847 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
7848 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
7852 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7856 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7860 if ((mii_status_reg & ~MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) == 0) break;
7864 /* Recommended delay time after link has been lost */
7867 /* Now we will re-enable th transmitter on the PHY */
7869 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0019);
7873 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFFF0);
7877 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0xFF00);
7881 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_GEN_CONTROL, 0x0000);
7885 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, M88E1000_PHY_PAGE_SELECT, 0x0000);
7889 /* This loop will early-out if the link condition has been met. */
7890 for (i = PHY_FORCE_TIME; i > 0; i--) {
7891 /* Read the MII Status Register and wait for Link Status bit
7895 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7899 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_STATUS, &mii_status_reg);
7903 if (mii_status_reg & MII_SR_LINK_STATUS) break;
7906 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7909 /***************************************************************************
7911 * Disables PCI-Express master access.
7913 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7917 ***************************************************************************/
7919 e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7923 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable");
7925 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
7928 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
7929 ctrl |= E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
7930 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
7933 /***************************************************************************
7935 * Enables PCI-Express master access.
7937 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7941 ***************************************************************************/
7944 e1000_enable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7948 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_enable_pciex_master");
7950 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
7953 ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL);
7954 ctrl &= ~E1000_CTRL_GIO_MASTER_DISABLE;
7955 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL, ctrl);
7959 /*******************************************************************************
7961 * Disables PCI-Express master access and verifies there are no pending requests
7963 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
7965 * returns: - E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING if master disable bit hasn't
7966 * caused the master requests to be disabled.
7967 * E1000_SUCCESS master requests disabled.
7969 ******************************************************************************/
7971 e1000_disable_pciex_master(struct e1000_hw *hw)
7973 int32_t timeout = MASTER_DISABLE_TIMEOUT; /* 80ms */
7975 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_disable_pciex_master");
7977 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
7978 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7980 e1000_set_pci_express_master_disable(hw);
7983 if (!(E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_GIO_MASTER_ENABLE))
7991 DEBUGOUT("Master requests are pending.\n");
7992 return -E1000_ERR_MASTER_REQUESTS_PENDING;
7995 return E1000_SUCCESS;
7998 /*******************************************************************************
8000 * Check for EEPROM Auto Read bit done.
8002 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8004 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
8005 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8007 ******************************************************************************/
8009 e1000_get_auto_rd_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8011 int32_t timeout = AUTO_READ_DONE_TIMEOUT;
8013 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_auto_rd_done");
8015 switch (hw->mac_type) {
8022 case e1000_80003es2lan:
8025 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_AUTO_RD)
8032 DEBUGOUT("Auto read by HW from EEPROM has not completed.\n");
8033 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
8038 /* PHY configuration from NVM just starts after EECD_AUTO_RD sets to high.
8039 * Need to wait for PHY configuration completion before accessing NVM
8041 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_82573)
8044 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8047 /***************************************************************************
8048 * Checks if the PHY configuration is done
8050 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8052 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to reset MAC
8053 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8055 ***************************************************************************/
8057 e1000_get_phy_cfg_done(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8059 int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
8060 uint32_t cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE;
8062 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_phy_cfg_done");
8064 switch (hw->mac_type) {
8068 case e1000_80003es2lan:
8069 /* Separate *_CFG_DONE_* bit for each port */
8070 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_FUNC_1)
8071 cfg_mask = E1000_EEPROM_CFG_DONE_PORT_1;
8076 if (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EEMNGCTL) & cfg_mask)
8084 DEBUGOUT("MNG configuration cycle has not completed.\n");
8085 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
8090 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8093 /***************************************************************************
8095 * Using the combination of SMBI and SWESMBI semaphore bits when resetting
8096 * adapter or Eeprom access.
8098 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8100 * returns: - E1000_ERR_EEPROM if fail to access EEPROM.
8101 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8103 ***************************************************************************/
8105 e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8110 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
8112 if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
8113 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8115 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
8116 /* Get the SW semaphore. */
8117 if (e1000_get_software_semaphore(hw) != E1000_SUCCESS)
8118 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8121 /* Get the FW semaphore. */
8122 timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
8124 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8125 swsm |= E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI;
8126 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
8127 /* if we managed to set the bit we got the semaphore. */
8128 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8129 if (swsm & E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI)
8137 /* Release semaphores */
8138 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(hw);
8139 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access the Eeprom - SWESMBI bit is set.\n");
8140 return -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8143 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8146 /***************************************************************************
8147 * This function clears HW semaphore bits.
8149 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8153 ***************************************************************************/
8155 e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8159 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_put_hw_eeprom_semaphore");
8161 if (!hw->eeprom_semaphore_present)
8164 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8165 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_80003es2lan) {
8166 /* Release both semaphores. */
8167 swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SMBI | E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
8169 swsm &= ~(E1000_SWSM_SWESMBI);
8170 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
8173 /***************************************************************************
8175 * Obtaining software semaphore bit (SMBI) before resetting PHY.
8177 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8179 * returns: - E1000_ERR_RESET if fail to obtain semaphore.
8180 * E1000_SUCCESS at any other case.
8182 ***************************************************************************/
8184 e1000_get_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8186 int32_t timeout = hw->eeprom.word_size + 1;
8189 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_semaphore");
8191 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan)
8192 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8195 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8196 /* If SMBI bit cleared, it is now set and we hold the semaphore */
8197 if (!(swsm & E1000_SWSM_SMBI))
8204 DEBUGOUT("Driver can't access device - SMBI bit is set.\n");
8205 return -E1000_ERR_RESET;
8208 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8211 /***************************************************************************
8213 * Release semaphore bit (SMBI).
8215 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8217 ***************************************************************************/
8219 e1000_release_software_semaphore(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8223 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_semaphore");
8225 if (hw->mac_type != e1000_80003es2lan)
8228 swsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, SWSM);
8229 /* Release the SW semaphores.*/
8230 swsm &= ~E1000_SWSM_SMBI;
8231 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, SWSM, swsm);
8234 /******************************************************************************
8235 * Checks if PHY reset is blocked due to SOL/IDER session, for example.
8236 * Returning E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET isn't necessarily an error. But it's up to
8237 * the caller to figure out how to deal with it.
8239 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8241 * returns: - E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET
8244 *****************************************************************************/
8246 e1000_check_phy_reset_block(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8251 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8252 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
8253 return (fwsm & E1000_FWSM_RSPCIPHY) ? E1000_SUCCESS
8254 : E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET;
8257 if (hw->mac_type > e1000_82547_rev_2)
8258 manc = E1000_READ_REG(hw, MANC);
8259 return (manc & E1000_MANC_BLK_PHY_RST_ON_IDE) ?
8260 E1000_BLK_PHY_RESET : E1000_SUCCESS;
8264 e1000_arc_subsystem_valid(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8268 /* On 8257x silicon, registers in the range of 0x8800 - 0x8FFC
8269 * may not be provided a DMA clock when no manageability features are
8270 * enabled. We do not want to perform any reads/writes to these registers
8271 * if this is the case. We read FWSM to determine the manageability mode.
8273 switch (hw->mac_type) {
8277 case e1000_80003es2lan:
8278 fwsm = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FWSM);
8279 if ((fwsm & E1000_FWSM_MODE_MASK) != 0)
8291 /******************************************************************************
8292 * Configure PCI-Ex no-snoop
8294 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code.
8295 * no_snoop - Bitmap of no-snoop events.
8297 * returns: E1000_SUCCESS
8299 *****************************************************************************/
8301 e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t no_snoop)
8303 uint32_t gcr_reg = 0;
8305 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_set_pci_ex_no_snoop");
8307 if (hw->bus_type == e1000_bus_type_unknown)
8308 e1000_get_bus_info(hw);
8310 if (hw->bus_type != e1000_bus_type_pci_express)
8311 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8314 gcr_reg = E1000_READ_REG(hw, GCR);
8315 gcr_reg &= ~(PCI_EX_NO_SNOOP_ALL);
8316 gcr_reg |= no_snoop;
8317 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, gcr_reg);
8319 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8322 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, GCR, PCI_EX_82566_SNOOP_ALL);
8324 ctrl_ext = E1000_READ_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT);
8325 ctrl_ext |= E1000_CTRL_EXT_RO_DIS;
8326 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, CTRL_EXT, ctrl_ext);
8329 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8332 /***************************************************************************
8334 * Get software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
8335 * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
8338 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8340 ***************************************************************************/
8342 e1000_get_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8344 int32_t timeout = PHY_CFG_TIMEOUT;
8345 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
8347 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_get_software_flag");
8349 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8351 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8352 extcnf_ctrl |= E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
8353 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
8355 extcnf_ctrl = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8356 if (extcnf_ctrl & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG)
8363 DEBUGOUT("FW or HW locks the resource too long.\n");
8364 return -E1000_ERR_CONFIG;
8368 return E1000_SUCCESS;
8371 /***************************************************************************
8373 * Release software semaphore FLAG bit (SWFLAG).
8374 * SWFLAG is used to synchronize the access to all shared resource between
8377 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8379 ***************************************************************************/
8381 e1000_release_software_flag(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8383 uint32_t extcnf_ctrl;
8385 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_release_software_flag");
8387 if (hw->mac_type == e1000_ich8lan) {
8388 extcnf_ctrl= E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
8389 extcnf_ctrl &= ~E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_SWFLAG;
8390 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL, extcnf_ctrl);
8396 /***************************************************************************
8398 * Disable dynamic power down mode in ife PHY.
8399 * It can be used to workaround band-gap problem.
8401 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8403 ***************************************************************************/
8406 e1000_ife_disable_dynamic_power_down(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8409 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
8411 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ife_disable_dynamic_power_down");
8413 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
8414 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
8418 phy_data |= IFE_PSC_DISABLE_DYNAMIC_POWER_DOWN;
8419 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, phy_data);
8426 /***************************************************************************
8428 * Enable dynamic power down mode in ife PHY.
8429 * It can be used to workaround band-gap problem.
8431 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8433 ***************************************************************************/
8436 e1000_ife_enable_dynamic_power_down(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8439 int32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
8441 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ife_enable_dynamic_power_down");
8443 if (hw->phy_type == e1000_phy_ife) {
8444 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, &phy_data);
8448 phy_data &= ~IFE_PSC_DISABLE_DYNAMIC_POWER_DOWN;
8449 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IFE_PHY_SPECIAL_CONTROL, phy_data);
8456 /******************************************************************************
8457 * Reads a 16 bit word or words from the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
8460 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8461 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to read
8462 * data - word read from the EEPROM
8463 * words - number of words to read
8464 *****************************************************************************/
8466 e1000_read_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
8469 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8470 uint32_t flash_bank = 0;
8471 uint32_t act_offset = 0;
8472 uint32_t bank_offset = 0;
8476 /* We need to know which is the valid flash bank. In the event
8477 * that we didn't allocate eeprom_shadow_ram, we may not be
8478 * managing flash_bank. So it cannot be trusted and needs
8479 * to be updated with each read.
8481 /* Value of bit 22 corresponds to the flash bank we're on. */
8482 flash_bank = (E1000_READ_REG(hw, EECD) & E1000_EECD_SEC1VAL) ? 1 : 0;
8484 /* Adjust offset appropriately if we're on bank 1 - adjust for word size */
8485 bank_offset = flash_bank * (hw->flash_bank_size * 2);
8487 error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
8488 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8491 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
8492 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL &&
8493 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified == TRUE) {
8494 data[i] = hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word;
8496 /* The NVM part needs a byte offset, hence * 2 */
8497 act_offset = bank_offset + ((offset + i) * 2);
8498 error = e1000_read_ich8_word(hw, act_offset, &word);
8499 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8505 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
8510 /******************************************************************************
8511 * Writes a 16 bit word or words to the EEPROM using the ICH8's flash access
8512 * register. Actually, writes are written to the shadow ram cache in the hw
8513 * structure hw->e1000_shadow_ram. e1000_commit_shadow_ram flushes this to
8514 * the NVM, which occurs when the NVM checksum is updated.
8516 * hw - Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
8517 * offset - offset of word in the EEPROM to write
8518 * words - number of words to write
8519 * data - words to write to the EEPROM
8520 *****************************************************************************/
8522 e1000_write_eeprom_ich8(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint16_t offset, uint16_t words,
8526 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8528 error = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
8529 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8532 /* A driver can write to the NVM only if it has eeprom_shadow_ram
8533 * allocated. Subsequent reads to the modified words are read from
8534 * this cached structure as well. Writes will only go into this
8535 * cached structure unless it's followed by a call to
8536 * e1000_update_eeprom_checksum() where it will commit the changes
8537 * and clear the "modified" field.
8539 if (hw->eeprom_shadow_ram != NULL) {
8540 for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
8541 if ((offset + i) < E1000_SHADOW_RAM_WORDS) {
8542 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].modified = TRUE;
8543 hw->eeprom_shadow_ram[offset+i].eeprom_word = data[i];
8545 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8550 /* Drivers have the option to not allocate eeprom_shadow_ram as long
8551 * as they don't perform any NVM writes. An attempt in doing so
8552 * will result in this error.
8554 error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8557 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
8562 /******************************************************************************
8563 * This function does initial flash setup so that a new read/write/erase cycle
8566 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8567 ****************************************************************************/
8569 e1000_ich8_cycle_init(struct e1000_hw *hw)
8571 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8572 int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8575 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_ich8_cycle_init");
8577 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8579 /* May be check the Flash Des Valid bit in Hw status */
8580 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.fldesvalid == 0) {
8581 DEBUGOUT("Flash descriptor invalid. SW Sequencing must be used.");
8585 /* Clear FCERR in Hw status by writing 1 */
8586 /* Clear DAEL in Hw status by writing a 1 */
8587 hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr = 1;
8588 hsfsts.hsf_status.dael = 1;
8590 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
8592 /* Either we should have a hardware SPI cycle in progress bit to check
8593 * against, in order to start a new cycle or FDONE bit should be changed
8594 * in the hardware so that it is 1 after harware reset, which can then be
8595 * used as an indication whether a cycle is in progress or has been
8596 * completed .. we should also have some software semaphore mechanism to
8597 * guard FDONE or the cycle in progress bit so that two threads access to
8598 * those bits can be sequentiallized or a way so that 2 threads dont
8599 * start the cycle at the same time */
8601 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
8602 /* There is no cycle running at present, so we can start a cycle */
8603 /* Begin by setting Flash Cycle Done. */
8604 hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
8605 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
8606 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8608 /* otherwise poll for sometime so the current cycle has a chance
8609 * to end before giving up. */
8610 for (i = 0; i < ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT; i++) {
8611 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8612 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcinprog == 0) {
8613 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8618 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8619 /* Successful in waiting for previous cycle to timeout,
8620 * now set the Flash Cycle Done. */
8621 hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone = 1;
8622 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS, hsfsts.regval);
8624 DEBUGOUT("Flash controller busy, cannot get access");
8630 /******************************************************************************
8631 * This function starts a flash cycle and waits for its completion
8633 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8634 ****************************************************************************/
8636 e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t timeout)
8638 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8639 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8640 int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8643 /* Start a cycle by writing 1 in Flash Cycle Go in Hw Flash Control */
8644 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8645 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcgo = 1;
8646 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8648 /* wait till FDONE bit is set to 1 */
8650 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8651 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1)
8655 } while (i < timeout);
8656 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 1 && hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 0) {
8657 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8662 /******************************************************************************
8663 * Reads a byte or word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8665 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8666 * index - The index of the byte or word to read.
8667 * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
8668 * data - Pointer to the word to store the value read.
8669 *****************************************************************************/
8671 e1000_read_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index,
8672 uint32_t size, uint16_t* data)
8674 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8675 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8676 uint32_t flash_linear_address;
8677 uint32_t flash_data = 0;
8678 int32_t error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8681 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_read_ich8_data");
8683 if (size < 1 || size > 2 || data == 0x0 ||
8684 index > ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
8687 flash_linear_address = (ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
8688 hw->flash_base_addr;
8693 error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
8694 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8697 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8698 /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
8699 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size - 1;
8700 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_READ;
8701 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8703 /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
8705 /* TODO: TBD maybe check the index against the size of flash */
8707 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
8709 error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
8711 /* Check if FCERR is set to 1, if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
8712 * sequence a few more times, else read in (shift in) the Flash Data0,
8713 * the order is least significant byte first msb to lsb */
8714 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8715 flash_data = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FDATA0);
8717 *data = (uint8_t)(flash_data & 0x000000FF);
8718 } else if (size == 2) {
8719 *data = (uint16_t)(flash_data & 0x0000FFFF);
8723 /* If we've gotten here, then things are probably completely hosed,
8724 * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
8725 * it another try...ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
8727 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8728 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
8729 /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
8731 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
8732 DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
8736 } while (count++ < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
8741 /******************************************************************************
8742 * Writes One /two bytes to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8744 * hw - The pointer to the hw structure
8745 * index - The index of the byte/word to read.
8746 * size - Size of data to read, 1=byte 2=word
8747 * data - The byte(s) to write to the NVM.
8748 *****************************************************************************/
8750 e1000_write_ich8_data(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint32_t size,
8753 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8754 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8755 uint32_t flash_linear_address;
8756 uint32_t flash_data = 0;
8757 int32_t error = -E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8760 DEBUGFUNC("e1000_write_ich8_data");
8762 if (size < 1 || size > 2 || data > size * 0xff ||
8763 index > ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK)
8766 flash_linear_address = (ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK & index) +
8767 hw->flash_base_addr;
8772 error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
8773 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS)
8776 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8777 /* 0b/1b corresponds to 1 or 2 byte size, respectively. */
8778 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.fldbcount = size -1;
8779 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_WRITE;
8780 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8782 /* Write the last 24 bits of index into Flash Linear address field in
8784 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
8787 flash_data = (uint32_t)data & 0x00FF;
8789 flash_data = (uint32_t)data;
8791 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FDATA0, flash_data);
8793 /* check if FCERR is set to 1 , if set to 1, clear it and try the whole
8794 * sequence a few more times else done */
8795 error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, ICH8_FLASH_COMMAND_TIMEOUT);
8796 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8799 /* If we're here, then things are most likely completely hosed,
8800 * but if the error condition is detected, it won't hurt to give
8801 * it another try...ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT times.
8803 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8804 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
8805 /* Repeat for some time before giving up. */
8807 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
8808 DEBUGOUT("Timeout error - flash cycle did not complete.");
8812 } while (count++ < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT);
8817 /******************************************************************************
8818 * Reads a single byte from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8820 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8821 * index - The index of the byte to read.
8822 * data - Pointer to a byte to store the value read.
8823 *****************************************************************************/
8825 e1000_read_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t* data)
8827 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8830 status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, &word);
8831 if (status == E1000_SUCCESS) {
8832 *data = (uint8_t)word;
8838 /******************************************************************************
8839 * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8840 * Performs verification by reading back the value and then going through
8841 * a retry algorithm before giving up.
8843 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8844 * index - The index of the byte to write.
8845 * byte - The byte to write to the NVM.
8846 *****************************************************************************/
8848 e1000_verify_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t byte)
8850 int32_t error = E1000_SUCCESS;
8851 int32_t program_retries;
8854 e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
8857 for (program_retries = 0; program_retries < 100; program_retries++) {
8858 e1000_read_ich8_byte(hw, index, &temp_byte);
8859 if (temp_byte == byte)
8862 e1000_write_ich8_byte(hw, index, byte);
8865 if (program_retries == 100)
8866 error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8871 /******************************************************************************
8872 * Writes a single byte to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8874 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8875 * index - The index of the byte to read.
8876 * data - The byte to write to the NVM.
8877 *****************************************************************************/
8879 e1000_write_ich8_byte(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint8_t data)
8881 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8882 uint16_t word = (uint16_t)data;
8884 status = e1000_write_ich8_data(hw, index, 1, word);
8889 /******************************************************************************
8890 * Reads a word from the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8892 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8893 * index - The starting byte index of the word to read.
8894 * data - Pointer to a word to store the value read.
8895 *****************************************************************************/
8897 e1000_read_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint16_t *data)
8899 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8900 status = e1000_read_ich8_data(hw, index, 2, data);
8904 /******************************************************************************
8905 * Writes a word to the NVM using the ICH8 flash access registers.
8907 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8908 * index - The starting byte index of the word to read.
8909 * data - The word to write to the NVM.
8910 *****************************************************************************/
8913 e1000_write_ich8_word(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t index, uint16_t data)
8915 int32_t status = E1000_SUCCESS;
8916 status = e1000_write_ich8_data(hw, index, 2, data);
8921 /******************************************************************************
8922 * Erases the bank specified. Each bank is a 4k block. Segments are 0 based.
8923 * segment N is 4096 * N + flash_reg_addr.
8925 * hw - pointer to e1000_hw structure
8926 * segment - 0 for first segment, 1 for second segment, etc.
8927 *****************************************************************************/
8929 e1000_erase_ich8_4k_segment(struct e1000_hw *hw, uint32_t segment)
8931 union ich8_hws_flash_status hsfsts;
8932 union ich8_hws_flash_ctrl hsflctl;
8933 uint32_t flash_linear_address;
8935 int32_t error = E1000_ERR_EEPROM;
8936 int32_t iteration, seg_size;
8937 int32_t sector_size;
8939 int32_t error_flag = 0;
8941 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
8943 /* Determine HW Sector size: Read BERASE bits of Hw flash Status register */
8944 /* 00: The Hw sector is 256 bytes, hence we need to erase 16
8945 * consecutive sectors. The start index for the nth Hw sector can be
8946 * calculated as = segment * 4096 + n * 256
8947 * 01: The Hw sector is 4K bytes, hence we need to erase 1 sector.
8948 * The start index for the nth Hw sector can be calculated
8949 * as = segment * 4096
8950 * 10: Error condition
8951 * 11: The Hw sector size is much bigger than the size asked to
8952 * erase...error condition */
8953 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x0) {
8954 /* Hw sector size 256 */
8955 sector_size = seg_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
8956 iteration = ICH8_FLASH_SECTOR_SIZE / ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_256;
8957 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x1) {
8958 sector_size = seg_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_4K;
8960 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.berasesz == 0x3) {
8961 sector_size = seg_size = ICH8_FLASH_SEG_SIZE_64K;
8967 for (j = 0; j < iteration ; j++) {
8971 error = e1000_ich8_cycle_init(hw);
8972 if (error != E1000_SUCCESS) {
8977 /* Write a value 11 (block Erase) in Flash Cycle field in Hw flash
8979 hsflctl.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL);
8980 hsflctl.hsf_ctrl.flcycle = ICH8_CYCLE_ERASE;
8981 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFCTL, hsflctl.regval);
8983 /* Write the last 24 bits of an index within the block into Flash
8984 * Linear address field in Flash Address. This probably needs to
8985 * be calculated here based off the on-chip segment size and the
8986 * software segment size assumed (4K) */
8988 flash_linear_address = segment * sector_size + j * seg_size;
8989 flash_linear_address &= ICH8_FLASH_LINEAR_ADDR_MASK;
8990 flash_linear_address += hw->flash_base_addr;
8992 E1000_WRITE_ICH8_REG(hw, ICH8_FLASH_FADDR, flash_linear_address);
8994 error = e1000_ich8_flash_cycle(hw, 1000000);
8995 /* Check if FCERR is set to 1. If 1, clear it and try the whole
8996 * sequence a few more times else Done */
8997 if (error == E1000_SUCCESS) {
9000 hsfsts.regval = E1000_READ_ICH8_REG16(hw, ICH8_FLASH_HSFSTS);
9001 if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcerr == 1) {
9002 /* repeat for some time before giving up */
9004 } else if (hsfsts.hsf_status.flcdone == 0) {
9009 } while ((count < ICH8_FLASH_CYCLE_REPEAT_COUNT) && !error_flag);
9010 if (error_flag == 1)
9013 if (error_flag != 1)
9014 error = E1000_SUCCESS;
9018 /******************************************************************************
9020 * Reverse duplex setting without breaking the link.
9022 * hw: Struct containing variables accessed by shared code
9024 *****************************************************************************/
9027 e1000_duplex_reversal(struct e1000_hw *hw)
9032 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
9033 return E1000_SUCCESS;
9035 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, &phy_data);
9039 phy_data ^= MII_CR_FULL_DUPLEX;
9041 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, PHY_CTRL, phy_data);
9045 ret_val = e1000_read_phy_reg(hw, IGP3E1000_PHY_MISC_CTRL, &phy_data);
9049 phy_data |= IGP3_PHY_MISC_DUPLEX_MANUAL_SET;
9050 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg(hw, IGP3E1000_PHY_MISC_CTRL, phy_data);
9057 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(struct e1000_hw *hw,
9058 uint32_t cnf_base_addr, uint32_t cnf_size)
9060 uint32_t ret_val = E1000_SUCCESS;
9061 uint16_t word_addr, reg_data, reg_addr;
9064 /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
9065 word_addr = (uint16_t)(cnf_base_addr << 1);
9067 /* cnf_size is returned in size of dwords */
9068 for (i = 0; i < cnf_size; i++) {
9069 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2), 1, ®_data);
9073 ret_val = e1000_read_eeprom(hw, (word_addr + i*2 + 1), 1, ®_addr);
9077 ret_val = e1000_get_software_flag(hw);
9078 if (ret_val != E1000_SUCCESS)
9081 ret_val = e1000_write_phy_reg_ex(hw, (uint32_t)reg_addr, reg_data);
9083 e1000_release_software_flag(hw);
9091 e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm(struct e1000_hw *hw)
9093 uint32_t reg_data, cnf_base_addr, cnf_size, ret_val, loop;
9095 if (hw->phy_type != e1000_phy_igp_3)
9096 return E1000_SUCCESS;
9098 /* Check if SW needs configure the PHY */
9099 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, FEXTNVM);
9100 if (!(reg_data & FEXTNVM_SW_CONFIG))
9101 return E1000_SUCCESS;
9103 /* Wait for basic configuration completes before proceeding*/
9106 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS) & E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
9109 } while ((!reg_data) && (loop < 50));
9111 /* Clear the Init Done bit for the next init event */
9112 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, STATUS);
9113 reg_data &= ~E1000_STATUS_LAN_INIT_DONE;
9114 E1000_WRITE_REG(hw, STATUS, reg_data);
9116 /* Make sure HW does not configure LCD from PHY extended configuration
9117 before SW configuration */
9118 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
9119 if ((reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_LCD_WRITE_ENABLE) == 0x0000) {
9120 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_SIZE);
9121 cnf_size = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_SIZE_EXT_PCIE_LENGTH;
9124 reg_data = E1000_READ_REG(hw, EXTCNF_CTRL);
9125 cnf_base_addr = reg_data & E1000_EXTCNF_CTRL_EXT_CNF_POINTER;
9126 /* cnf_base_addr is in DWORD */
9127 cnf_base_addr >>= 16;
9129 /* Configure LCD from extended configuration region. */
9130 ret_val = e1000_init_lcd_from_nvm_config_region(hw, cnf_base_addr,
9137 return E1000_SUCCESS;